<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0"><channel><title>Computer Tutorials</title><description>Free online tutorials covering computers, networking, programming, Windows, Linux, web design, databases, and much more.</description><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</managingEditor><pubDate>Fri, 30 Jan 2026 04:26:42 -0800</pubDate><generator>Blogger http://www.blogger.com</generator><openSearch:totalResults xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/">42</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/">1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/">25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/</link><language>en-us</language><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>Free online tutorials covering computers, networking, programming, Windows, Linux, web design, databases, and much more.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Technology"><itunes:category text="Software How-To"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Education"><itunes:category text="Educational Technology"/></itunes:category><itunes:owner><itunes:email>noreply@blogger.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><item><title>Slow Shutdown In Windows XP Possible Fix</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/slow-shutdown-in-windows-xp-possible.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 12:15:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-7136599092657013136</guid><description>Some people have noticed that they are experiencing a really slow shutdown after installing Windows XP Home or Professional. Although this can be caused a number of ways, the most clear cut one so far is happening on systems with an NVidia card installed with the latest set of drivers. A service called NVIDIA Driver Helper Service is loading up on start up and for whatever reason doesn't shut itself down properly. The service isn't needed and can also increase the amount of memory available to your system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is how to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Go into your Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Select Administrative Tools and then click on Services&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Right click on the file "NVIDIA Driver Helper Service" and then select STOP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- To stop this loading up every time you boot up your PC Right click it again and select properties - then where the option "Startup Type" is shown - make sure it is set at Manual</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Speed Up Browsing</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/speed-up-browsing.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 12:10:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-627062798336706247</guid><description>When you connect to a web site your computer sends information back and forth. Some of this information deals with resolving the site name to an IP address, the stuff that TCP/IP really deals with, not words.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is DNS information and is used so that you will not need to ask for the site location each and every time you visit the site. Although Windows XP and Windows XP have a pretty efficient DNS cache, you can increase its overall performance by increasing its size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color:red;"&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*Before editing your registry, always back it up first.*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can do this with the registry entries below:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Servic  es\Dnscache\Parameters]&lt;br /&gt;"CacheHashTableBucketSize"=dword:00000001&lt;br /&gt;"CacheHashTableSize"=dword:00000180&lt;br /&gt;"MaxCacheEntryTtlLimit"=dword:0000fa00&lt;br /&gt;"MaxSOACacheEntryTtlLimit"=dword:0000012d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make a new text file and rename it to dnscache.reg. Then copy and paste the above into it and save it. Merge it into the registry.</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Tweaking Your Broadband Connection</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/tweaking-your-broadband-connection.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 12:06:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-906059732409345574</guid><description>While there are a wide variety of cable modem tweaks, I believe the TCP (packet based protocol) RWIN (receive window) registry setting is by far the best tweak you can perform manually. The bad news is you will have to edit the registry which can be a dangerous venture. Below is the simple information on performing this registry tweak, &lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color:red;"&gt;*WARNING*&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;b&gt;Always backup your registry prior to making any changes!&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cable Modem Tweaks - TCP RWIN Setting&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The TCP RWIN registry setting controls the receive window size which will impact your cable modem speed. Generally speaking, the TCP RWIN setting controls how large a window is set to pick up transmitted packets, these data packets need to have delivery confirmed before more data is sent. Therefore if the window is too small, there will be a delay if the new incoming packets have to wait for their predecessors to be confirmed delivered.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A larger receive window allows a continuous flow of data packets. It's a sensitive adjustment because an over sized receive window may result in reloading of unnecessary data packets when there is a transmission error. So the TCP RWIN setting needs to be large enough to allow continuous data flow, but not overly large to hinder performance with the transmission errors that constantly occur.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Backup Your Registry&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should always backup your registry before attempting any kind of registry manipulation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Windows 98 &amp;amp; ME click &lt;b&gt;&lt;a onclick="urchinTracker ('/outgoing/http_support_microsoft_com_default_aspx_scid_http_support_microsoft_com_80_support_kb_articles_Q256_4_19_ASP_amp_NoWebContent_1');" href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=http://support.microsoft.com:80/support/kb/articles/Q256/4/19.ASP&amp;amp;NoWebContent=1" target="_blank"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt; to learn how to back up the registry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Windows 2000 click &lt;b&gt;&lt;a onclick="urchinTracker ('/outgoing/http_support_microsoft_com_default_aspx_scid_kb_en_us_Q322755');" href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q322755" target="_blank"&gt;here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Window XP click &lt;b&gt;&lt;a onclick="urchinTracker ('/outgoing/http_support_microsoft_com_default_aspx_scid_kb_en_us_Q322756');" href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q322756" target="_blank"&gt;here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Windows 95 click &lt;b&gt;&lt;a onclick="urchinTracker ('/outgoing/http_support_microsoft_com_default_aspx_scid_KB_en_us_132332_amp_');" href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=KB;en-us;132332&amp;amp;" target="_blank"&gt;here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To start the registry editor (REGEDIT), which should already be on your system, simply click Start, then click Run. Type in REGEDIT and click OK. This should popup the registry editor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Finding the Proper Registry&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In your left window pane, you'll need to open the following folders by clicking on them...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;System&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CurrentControlSet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Services&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VxD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MSTCP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Changing the RWIN Value&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make sure the MSTCP folder is highlighted so as to display the key values in the right panel. Double-click to open the DefaultRcvWindow key. Now the moment of truth, the value to put here is the subject of much debate... some suggest a value between 32120 to 32760. Some believe it should be set much higher. You could start with 32120 and if there's no speed increase, just experiment a little until you zero in on the optimal setting. After typing in the new value, simply click OK. BUT don't close the editor, there's one more key you may wish to change in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some believe setting the DefaultTTL key to 128 may help performance. Others prefer 64. Since this folder is open, you could try to adjusting this setting to 128 now.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Close the Registry and reboot for changes to take effect.</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How To Disable Guest Access In Windows XP</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-disable-guest-access-in-windows.html</link><category>Security</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 12:03:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-2043885084280574901</guid><description>This description and procedure applies only to users of Windows XP Home Edition and to users of Windows XP Professional configured to link the computer to a workgroup. If your version of Windows XP Professional links the computer to a domain, see your network administrator or visit Help and Support Center and search for “user accounts”.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you're a party of one—sole owner and user of a computer—you might still want to set up your computer with user accounts, naming you as computer administrator and protecting the account with a password. Doing so prevents casual access to the system by others if you leave your computer unattended while logged onto Windows XP, provided you log off from your account. For added security, disable guest access.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To disable guest access:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Click Start, and then click Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Click User Accounts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Under or pick an account to change, click Guest.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- On the What do you want to change about the guest account page, click Turn off the guest account.</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Basic Tips To Preventing Spam</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/basic-tips-to-preventing-spam.html</link><category>Email</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 11:51:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-3855801591575973975</guid><description>Almost everyone hates spam email, cluttering up in-boxes with worthless promises of free vacations and various body part enlargement or reduction pills. Most systems administrators and hardcore computer geeks get very little spam in their inbox. Sometimes this is because of smart filters or special programs they have applied to their email servers, but most often, it's because they know the simple spam-reduction rules that anyone can use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Things Anyone Can do to Reduce Spam:&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Have Several Email Addresses&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the many free email services out there today, it is easy to have several free email accounts. For instance, I have one that I only give to my family and friends, one that I use for business-level communications, and one that I consider a "junk" address. The "junk" address is the one I use when I have to enter an e-mail address for an on-line registration form or contest of any sort. That way, all the spam goes to the "junk" address, and email from my family and friends or my business contacts goes to other addresses, spam-free.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Don't Make Your Private Email Address Publicly Available&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Putting your email address on a web page is the quickest way to get tons of spam. If you absolutely have to publish your address, try to obscure it, so a human can read it but an automated "email address harvester" program cannot, such as "Lone Wolf at hot mail dot com" or set up a "junk" account that you only use for email from that website.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Don't Give Your Email Address to Just Anyone&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Read the privacy policy and "terms of use" statements of a website or organization before you give them your e-mail address. If it's not clear what they plan to do with your address, you should give them a "junk" account address.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Don't Respond to Spam&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is very important! Don't click a link in a spammer's email, even if it promises to remove you from their "list." Don't hit "reply" and send them an email. No matter how good it would feel to respond to a spammer and tell them off, DON'T! They will never read it, and all this really does is validate that your e-mail address is active and thus a good target for further spam messages. The same thing happens when you click a link in a spam email -- the website it takes you to will record your information (yes, they can easily do that) and be able to see that you have a valid email address. Some spammers just collect "active" email addresses, put them in lists, and sell those lists to other spammers. Clicking that link or replying to that email makes you a target for an ever-increasing amount of spam.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Run Anti-Virus Programs&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While anti-virus programs won't detect spam, some viruses can steal your e-mail address and send it to spammers, or they can actually open up your computer to be secretly used by spammers, causing more spam to go to other people and causing your computer and internet connection to slow down dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;Educate&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Educate your users, friends, and family about spam, and the simple rules they can follow to get less spam. The fewer people that receive and respond to spam, the less profitable sending spam will be for the spammers!</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Windows 2000-XP - Disable Auto Reboot</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/windows-2000-xp-disable-auto-reboot.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 11:49:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-3064893598860383921</guid><description>When you are running Windows XP, you may have noticed that every so often (rarely) that Windows reboots without you asking it to. This tends to be caused by a Blue Screen error. If you want to see what this error is, you will have to check the error log list because Windows reboots too quickly for you to read what happened. Well with this tip you can disable the Auto-Reboot so you can finally read, and see the blue screen error.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Go to Start -&gt; Control Panel -&gt; System&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Go to Advanced&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Under the Startup and Recovery section, click Settings...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Under System Failure un-check "Automatically restart"</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Closing Error Reporting (Windows 2000 - XP)</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/closing-error-reporting-windows-2000-xp.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 11:44:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-5485888214213823430</guid><description>Error reporting, what is it and why does Microsoft want you to have it on? Basically whenever your computer crashes Win XP makes a little report of what went wrong and then sends it to Microsoft so they can improve the Windows Operating System. Generally it sounds like a nice idea, but do you really want to be sending reports about your computer to Microsoft? I personally don't and they allow you to shut off this feature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here's how you do it:&lt;ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open your control panel&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on Performance and Maintenance&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then click on System&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to the Advance Tab&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the Error Reporting button at the bottom&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select Disable Error Reporting&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the "But notify me when a critical error occurs"&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Ok Twice.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; You can leave out step 7, but I like my operating system to tell me when its had a major error, mainly because I can look up the cause of the error and hopefully find a solution to it on the net or at Microsoft. There you have it, error reporting to Microsoft is off and you don't have to worry about sending a report to Bill Gates.</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to remove the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine (JVM)</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-remove-microsoft-java-virtual.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 09:16:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-4194983850024545696</guid><description>The Microsoft Java Virtual Machine, or MS Java VM, is used to run Java applets that can be found on web sites. When you visit a web site that has a Java applet, the MS JVM will compile and execute that applet on your machine. As of this writing Microsoft no longer supports the MS JVM and it has become obsolete. There have also been known security issues with un patched version of the MS JVM we advise that you remove it and install the safer SUN JVM as an alternative. If you have Windows XP SP1a installed on your computer, then you do not have the MS JVM installed on your machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="uninstall"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Uninstalling the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine (JVM)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please follow these steps to uninstall the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start &lt;/strong&gt;menu, then select the &lt;strong&gt;Run &lt;/strong&gt;option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong&gt;Open:&lt;/strong&gt; field type in or copy and paste the following text&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RunDll32 advpack.dll,LaunchINFSection java.inf,UnInstall &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You will now be presented with a conformation prompt like the one below:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="WIDTH: 473px; HEIGHT: 100px" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/msjvm/jvm-prompt.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Yes &lt;/strong&gt;button to start the uninstall process of the MS JVM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Windows will uninstall the files and then give you a prompt asking whether or not you want to restart the computer. You should press the &lt;strong&gt;YES&lt;/strong&gt; button to allow it to do so.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the computer has restarted and you are back at the desktop delete the follow folders and directories: &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c:\windows\inf\java.pnf&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c:\windows\java&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c:\windows\system32\wjview.exe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c:\windows\system32\jview.exe&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start &lt;/strong&gt;menu, then select the &lt;strong&gt;Run &lt;/strong&gt;option.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong&gt;Open:&lt;/strong&gt; field type in or copy and paste the following text:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;regedit.exe&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Navigate to the following keys and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Java VM&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\AdvancedOptions\JAVA_VM&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are using Windows NT or 2000 then you may have to replace all occurrences of &lt;strong&gt;c:\windows&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;c:\winnt &lt;/strong&gt;in the instructions above.&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;If you are using Windows 95, 98, 98SE and ME then you need to replace all occurrences of c:\windows\system32 with c:\windows\system &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;in the instructions above.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now you should go to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.java.com/" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.java.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and download and install the latest SUN Java for your operating system.&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Understanding Windows Update and Extras in Windows Vista</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/understanding-windows-update-and-extras.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:59:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-3455614507226626207</guid><description>&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;When software is created, whether it be operating systems or games, there is a  good chance that a bug or security hole will rear its head over time. Software  can be complex, with millions of lines of code in them. This amount of code and  the complexity of a program invariably lead to mistakes or oversights. When these  errors are found the software developer will usually release an updates that can  be used to fix the errors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Windows Update is Microsoft's delivery platform for downloading and installing    updates to fix problems found in the Microsoft operating system or other related    software. Windows Update is also the platform where you can download new features,    add-ons, and Ultimate Extras. For those who do not know what an Ultimate Extras    is, they are premium content and applications that are only available to owner    of the Windows Vista Ultimate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Updates come in three flavors. The first are Important, or Critical, Updates,    which are necessary to install in order to fix security holes or major issues    within Vista. The second type is Recommended updates, which are updates to various    components of the operating system that should be installed for proper functionality.    The last type, called Optional Updates, are new features, updates, or Ultimate    Extras that are not necessary to install for proper functionality of the operating    system or applications.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;This guide will walk you through how to setup Windows Vista so that your computer    is updated properly and securely. We will also cover Ultimate Extras, which    is one of the major perks for purchasing the more expensive Vista Ultimate.    For those who do not have Vista Ultimate, any references to the Ultimate Extras    will not apply to you.    &lt;!-- Description --&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Configuring and Using Windows Update in Vista&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When working with Windows Update it is important to remember that you must be    either logged in as an administrator or have access to an administrator's login    credentials in order to install any updates. With that said, to access Windows    Update follow these steps: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista_features/vista_start_button.jpg" align="absmiddle" /&gt;)      button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Start Menu Search Box (&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/vista-search-box.jpg" width="119" align="absmiddle" height="23" /&gt;)      type &lt;strong&gt;Windows Update&lt;/strong&gt; and press &lt;strong&gt;enter&lt;/strong&gt; on your      keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;A User Account Control prompt may appear asking if you would like to continue.      Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Continue&lt;/strong&gt; button to proceed..&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;You will now be at the main Windows Update screen as shown in Figure 1. below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 398px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/noupdates.jpg" alt="Windows Update Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1. Windows Update Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;From this screen you can configure how Vista will check and install updates,    check for new updates and Ultimate extras, display any available updates or    extras, manage them, and install them. In the screen above, there are currently    no new updates available. Your Windows Update screen may be different depending    on how you have Windows Update configured on your computer. For now, just follow    the steps in the tutorial regardless of whether or not you have updates available    to install.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Your first goal is to make sure that you have Windows Update configured in    the most secure manner possible. To configure Windows Update please click on    the &lt;strong&gt;Change settings&lt;/strong&gt; option in the navigation bar on the left.    You will now be at a screen where you will be able to set up how Windows Vista    will download and install updates on your computer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/wu-settings.jpg" alt="Windows Update settings" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2. Windows Update settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; Vista provides four different methods for how Windows Update will update your    computer. Below we explain each method and when it is the recommended setting.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Install updates automatically (recommended)&lt;/strong&gt; - If you select      this option then all critical updates will be downloaded automatically and      installed on your computer. These updates will be installed at the time you      specify in the fields labeled &lt;strong&gt;Install new updates&lt;/strong&gt;. This is      the recommended option for the majority of people as it guarantees that you      have all the critical updates automatically installed on your computer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download updates but let me choose whether to install them&lt;/strong&gt;      - If you select this option, Vista will download updates to your computer,      but not install them automatically. If you want to install the updates then      you must install them manually. You should only select this option if you      have a reason for not installing updates automatically. Only advanced users      should use this option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Check for updates but let me choose whether to download and install      them&lt;/strong&gt; - If you select this option, you will be alerted when there      are new updates available to download and install. You can then choose to      download and install the updates that you wish. This option should really      only be used by people who know exactly what updates they need or those who      have limited access to the Internet.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Never check for updates (not recommended) &lt;/strong&gt;- If you select      this option, Vista will never automatically check for updates. This option      should never be selected as it puts your computer at great risk to being compromised,      infected, or hacked.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;The last option under the &lt;strong&gt;Recommended updates &lt;/strong&gt;category is    the &lt;strong&gt;Include recommended updates when downloading, installing, or notifying    me about updates&lt;/strong&gt; option. If you select this option, which we recommend,    then Windows Vista will also perform the same behavior that you selected above    for Recommended updates as well as Important updates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When you are done configuring the options as you wish, press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;    button to save these settings. You will now be back at the main Windows Update    screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;You may remember from Figure 1 that there were no updates available. As we    were writing this tutorial, though, new updates had been downloaded to the computer    and are now available to install. When this happens, Windows Update will state    that there are new updates as shown in Figure 3 below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/updates-available.jpg" alt="New updates available" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3. New updates available&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;As you can see from the screen above, the computer has 4 important updates,    18 optional updates, and 2 coveted Ultimate Extras available. To see what updates    are available you can click on the &lt;strong&gt;View available updates&lt;/strong&gt; button.    You will now see a list of updates that are available to install on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/available-updates.jpg" alt="View available updates" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4. View available updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Remember how I stated that the Important, or possibly Recommended, updates    would be the only ones downloaded automatically. This is evident in the screen    above as we can see only the Important and Recommended updates are automatically    checked off to be installed. If you wish, though, you can now browse through    the list of optional updates and put a checkmark next to the ones you want installed.    For the time being, let's not select any of the additional Optional updates    and instead press the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel &lt;/strong&gt;button to get back to the main    screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Windows Update, by default is configured to automatically download and install    critical updates at 3 am. If you do not want to wait till that time for the    updates to install, you can instead have Vista install the selected updates    now. To be safe, though, before installing updates you may want to perform a    manual check to see if there any new updates available to download. You can    do this by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;Check for updates&lt;/strong&gt; option in the    left navigation bar. Windows Update will now connect to Microsoft's servers    and check for any new updates as shown below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/check-for-updates.jpg" alt="Checking for update" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 5. Checking for update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Vista will check for new updates and if found, ask if you wish to download    them. If there are no new updates available, then you can go ahead and install    the already selected ones. If there are new updates, then you should view them    and determine if they should be selected for install as well. When you are ready    you can click on the &lt;strong&gt;Install updates&lt;/strong&gt; button to install the    currently selected updates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/updating.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 6. Installing updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;As you can see Windows Vista is now installing the selected updates onto your    computer. Depending on the size and the amount of the updates, this can take    a while. So sit back and wait till the update is complete. When it is complete    you will be presented with a screen showing a summary of the installation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/update-summary.jpg" alt="Update installation summary" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 7. Update installation summary&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;As you can see the updates were installed successfully and in order to finish    the installation Vista needs to reboot the computer. If you are prompted with    this message, you should reboot the computer as requested by clicking on the    &lt;strong&gt;Restart now&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When your computer reboots, go back into the Windows Update screen. You will    now see that Windows states that Windows is up to date.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/uptodate.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 8. Windows is up to date&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;What about the 18 Optional updates that have not been installed? It would be    annoying if every time we open up Windows Update we see this ever-increasing    list of Optional updates that we do not wish to install. We have either two    options at this point. We can either install them or HIDE them! Hiding updates    is a new feature of the Vista Windows Update programs that allows you to hide    an update so that it is removed from the list. To hide updates just follow these    steps:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ol style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click on the &lt;strong&gt;View available updates &lt;/strong&gt;option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; When the list appears, double-click on an update to read its description      and make sure you do not want to install it. After reading the description,      you should click on the &lt;strong&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; If you do not want to see the update again, simply right click on the update      and select the &lt;strong&gt;Hide update&lt;/strong&gt; option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Repeat steps 2 and 3 until all the Optional updates that you do not wish      to install are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When done press the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; button to exit the Updates list      screen and to get back to the main Windows Update screen.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When hiding updates, it is recommended that you do not hide any Optional updates    found in the &lt;strong&gt;Ultimate Extras&lt;/strong&gt; category. These updates, even    though they are optional, tend to be ones that you want to install, as they    are part of the reason you purchased Vista Ultimate in the first place. The    tutorial will go over the Ultimate Extras later, so for now lets move on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Now that you are back at the main Windows Update screen after hiding some updates,    you may realize that you have a problem. It turns out that one of the Optional    updates would have been nice to install. Now that it is hidden, though, you    can't install it. Luckily that's not true. Hiding the updates just cleans it    up so that they are not shown as available. These updates, though, are not actually    removed from your system. To restore a previously hidden update you can click    on the &lt;strong&gt;Restore hidden updates &lt;/strong&gt;option in the left navigation    menu. This will open a screen showing all the updates that have you have hid    in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/hidden-updates.jpg" alt="Restore hidden updates" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 9. Restore hidden updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;To restore hidden updates just put a checkmark in the checkbox next to each    update that you would like to restore, and when ready, click on the &lt;strong&gt;Restore    &lt;/strong&gt;button. The restored updates will now be visible in the main Windows    Update screen so that you can install them&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;This concludes the section on using Windows Update in Vista. To learn more    about Ultimate Extras, how to uninstall an update, and frequently asked questions    you can read the following sections.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;a name="extras"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Installing and Accessing the Windows Ultimate    Extras&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; If your version of Windows Vista is Ultimate then you have access to new content    and applications that are exclusive to Vista Ultimate, called Windows Ultimate    Extras. These Extras are programs, services, and publications that are intended    to enhance the enjoyment and functionality of Windows Vista Ultimate. It is    important to note that these programs are exclusive to Windows Vista Ultimate,    so if you are not running that version then this entire section will not apply    to you, not will you see any mention of Windows Extras when you use Vista.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;The following are examples of the Windows Ultimate Extras that are currently    available, or will be soon:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;A new poker game called &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;Windows Hold'em&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use different &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language Packs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;      so that you can use multiple languages on the same PC.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;Secure Online Key Backup&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; allows      you to store your Bitlocker password and certificate on Microsoft's servers      so that they do not get lost.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;A new tool called &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;Bitlocker Drive Preparation      Tool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, which automates the configuring of your computer to      use BitLocker to protect your data with encryption.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The ability to have full motion video as a background for your desktop using      the soon to be released, &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DreamScene&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;If there are Windows Ultimate Extras available that have not been installed    on your computer, you will be able to see them in the Windows Update screen.    If you remember, from Figure 3, there were 2 Windows Ultimate Extras available    to be installed. Since Vista treats Windows Ultimate Extras as Optional updates    they will not be installed or download automatically. Instead when there are    Extras available, and you visit the Windows Update screen, you will see a box    labeled &lt;strong&gt;There are Windows Ultimate Extras available for download&lt;/strong&gt;    with information as to what Extras are available. To install these Extras you    would first open up the Windows Update screen using the directions given in    the previous section. Once there, click on the &lt;strong&gt;View available extras&lt;/strong&gt;    option. This will open a screen listing the available updates, with the Windows    Ultimate Extras being listed towards the bottom of the list.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 386px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/available-extras.jpg" alt="Available Windows Ultimate Extras" border="1" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 10. Available Windows Ultimate Extras&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;As you can see, the screen states that the &lt;strong&gt;Hold Em Poker&lt;/strong&gt; and    &lt;strong&gt;BitLocker and EFS Enhancements&lt;/strong&gt; extras are available to install.    To see a description of an extra, you can double-click on its entry in the list.    After reading the description, if you would like to install the Extra you would    put a checkmark in the checkbox next to it. Once you have selected all the Extras    you would like to install, you would then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt;    button. After you click on the Install button, Vista will download the updates    and install them. It is important to remember that you must be either logged    in an administrator or enter their logon information before Vista will allow    you to install any Extras.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;The one problem that I have found with Windows Ultimate Extras is that after    you install them you do not know where to find them. For example, Hold Em is    installed into the Games Start Menu folder, Secure Online Key Backup is found    in the Extras and Upgrades Start Menu folder, and Bitlocker is found in the    System Tools Start Menu folder. It would have been more user friendly to have    one central location for all installed Extras. Therefore, after you install    an Extra, you may have to search around the Start Menu in order to find how    to launch it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="uninstall"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Uninstalling Windows Updates and Ultimate    Extras&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Just like you can uninstall a program that you install, you can also uninstall    an update or Extra as well. You may be wondering why you would want to uninstall    an update if it's necessary to have it installed. The reason is that, at times,    updates are released that cause more problems on a computer than they fix. When    this happens you may want to uninstall the update until a revised one is released    in order to regain the functionality that the update degrades or breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;To see a list of the installed updates or Extras on your computer go back into    Windows Update and then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Installed Updates &lt;/strong&gt;option    in the lower left hand corner. This will bring you to a screen showing all the    installed updates and Extras on your computer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/installed-updates.jpg" alt="Installed Updates Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 11. Installed Updates Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Unfortunately Microsoft does not provide a method of seeing the description    of the installed updates or Extras in this screen. So if you are unsure what    a particular entry is for, your best bet is to search on the web for the text    between the parenthesis. For example if we search for &lt;strong&gt;KB928089&lt;/strong&gt;,    found in the first listed update, we find the page: &lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/928089%20"&gt;http://support.microsoft.com/kb/928089&lt;/a&gt;,    which explains what it is for.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When we have found the update that we wish to uninstall, we can do so by left    clicking once on the update to select it, and then pressing the &lt;strong&gt;Uninstall&lt;/strong&gt;    button. For those who like to use shortcuts, you can also just double-click    on the entry. When you do so you will be presented with a prompt asking if you    are sure you want to continue with the uninstall.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/uninstall-prompt.jpg" alt="Uninstall update confirmation" width="366" height="129" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 12. Uninstall update confirmation\&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;If you press the &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; button you will go back to the Installed    Updates screen. On the other hand if you press the &lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; button,    Vista will start to uninstall the update from your computer. While the update    or Extra is being uninstalled you will be presented with a small window similar    to the one below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-updates-extras/uninstalling-update.jpg" alt="Uninstalling an update" width="366" height="184" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 13. Uninstalling an update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;When Vista has finished the uninstall you may be presented with a prompt asking    you to reboot your computer. At that point, you should press the &lt;strong&gt;Restart    Now&lt;/strong&gt; button to reboot your computer and finish the uninstall process.    If in the future you need to reinstall the update, you simply need to go to    the Windows Update screen and &lt;strong&gt;Check for updates&lt;/strong&gt;. This update    will be downloaded again so that you can install it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="faq"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Frequently Asked Questions&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q: If I choose to let Vista download updates automatically, when are    they downloaded?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;: Updates are downloaded behind the scenes as you use your    computer. If you shut off your computer while an update is being downloaded,    the download process will resume the next time you turn your computer back on    and it is connected to the Internet.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q: If I choose to let Vista install updates automatically what happens    if I shut off my computer before the installation time?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A:&lt;/strong&gt; If you shut down your computer before the scheduled time,    and there are updates already downloaded, Vista will prompt you to install them    before you shut down the computer. If you choose to not install them when you    shut down, Vista will install the updates the next time your computer is on    at 3 am or any other time that you specified..&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q: I have selected the option to download and install all Important    and Recommended updates automatically yet when I go into the Windows Update    screen I still see updates available to install. What's the deal?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A:&lt;/strong&gt; Remember, there are three classifications for updates.    The Important updates will be installed automatically, as will the Recommended    if you configured it that way. On the other hand, Optional updates like Windows    Extras, Language Packs, etc will not be installed without you telling them to    do so.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;This finishes up our guide on Windows Update and Vista Ultimate Extras. Using    Windows Update you can now keep Vista running securely and efficiently. If you    are a owner of Vista Ultimate, then you now know how to download, install, and    access the premium content and applications that are available to you.&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to uninstall a program in Windows Vista</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-uninstall-program-in-windows.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:51:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-6466766880602743876</guid><description>There are two ways to uninstall a program in Vista; the wrong way and the right  way.  Unfortunately, though, too many people uninstall a program using the  wrong ways, which can lead to poor performance and problems on the computer.  These  wrong ways are delete the program's folder or just deleting the icons. When you  attempt to remove a program in this way, there will be a large amount of configuration  information left in the Windows Registry as well as files that may be installed  in locations other than the program's folder. These orphan files and Registry  data have the chance of causing conflicts on your computer thus leading to problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The proper way to uninstall a program is to use the uninstall routine that is  bundled with the program itself.  This will remove the files, Windows Registry  information, and other configuration from your computer so that there are no conflicts  in the future. When a program is installed in Windows, it will add information  to the Windows Registry on the proper way to uninstall it. You can then use Windows  Vista's Programs and Features control panel to properly uninstall the program.  This tutorial will walk you through using this control panel so that you uninstall  programs correctly. This method has not changed too much from previous version  of Windows, but there have been some changes in Vista, which should be outlined.   &lt;!-- Description --&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;a name="uninstall"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;b&gt;How to uninstall a program in Windows Vista&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To see a list of the programs that we can uninstall we must first open the    &lt;strong&gt;Programs and Features&lt;/strong&gt; control panel. To do this you should    follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="left"&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; button to open your Start Menu. The Start button looks like this: &lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista_features/vista_start_button.jpg" alt="Vista Start Button" width="30" align="middle" height="29" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the Start Menu opens click on the &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt; menu option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the Control Panel window opens click on the &lt;strong&gt;Uninstall a program&lt;/strong&gt; option option under the Programs category. This option is shown by the arrow in the image below. If you are using the Classic View of the Control Panel, then you would double-click on the &lt;strong&gt;Programs and Features&lt;/strong&gt; icon instead.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista_features/vista_control_panel.jpg" alt="Vista Control Panel" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;You will now be at the &lt;strong&gt;Programs and Features&lt;/strong&gt;, or Uninstall    or change a program, screen as shown  below. From this screen you can uninstall    programs, view installed updates, examine your digital locker, and turn Windows    features on and off.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" title="Vista Programs and Features Screen" alt="Vista Programs and Features Screen" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-uninstall/programs-and-features.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 1. Programs and Features Screen&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;This screen contains a list of the programs installed on your    computer, the company that developed it, and when it was installed.  This    screen also contains four options in the left navigation bar that are unrelated    to uninstalling a program.  These four options are:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial140.html" rel="me" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt;View      Installed Updates - If you click on this option you will come to a      screen that shows the installed updates and Ultimate Extras.  From this      screen you then have the ability to uninstall them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Get new programs online at Windows Marketplace - &lt;/b&gt;If you click on this link your web browser will open and go to the &lt;a href="http://www.windowsmarketplace.com/" target="_blank"&gt;Windows Marketplace&lt;/a&gt; homepage.  From here you can purchase and download software.&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;View purchased software (digital locker) - &lt;/b&gt; When you purchase      software at the Windows Marketplace, the software will be added to your digital      locker. You can manage these programs from this screen.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial134.html" target="_blank" rel="me"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Turn      Windows features on or off&lt;b&gt;  - &lt;/b&gt;Windows Vista is installed with      certain features enabled and disabled by default.  By clicking on this      option you can manage that Vista features you want enabled.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now that we know what all the options in this screen do, lets start learning    how to uninstall a program.  The first step is look through the list of    programs for the one that you would like to uninstall and then left-click on    it once so that it becomes highlighted. Once you highlight a program you    will see two new options next to the Organize and View button called &lt;b&gt;Uninstall&lt;/b&gt;    and &lt;b&gt;Change&lt;/b&gt;.  I have pointed those out with arrows in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" title="Selected entry in the programs list" alt="Selected entry in the programs list" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-uninstall/selected.jpg" /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;   Figure 2. Select entry in the program list&lt;/strong&gt;         &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p&gt;If you press the &lt;b&gt;Change&lt;/b&gt; button, the program will launch it's setup        so that you can modify how the program is presently installed. It is important        to note that the Change button does not uninstall a program, but rather        allows you to modify how it is currently installed.  If you want to        uninstall the program you should instead click on the &lt;b&gt;Uninstall&lt;/b&gt; button.         Once you click on the uninstall button you will be presented with        a confirmation asking if you would like to continue as shown in Figure 3        below.  For those who like shortcuts, you could just double-click on        an entry to start this process as well. For some programs when choose to        uninstall it, Windows may prompt you with a message stating &lt;b&gt;Windows needs        your permission to continue&lt;/b&gt;.  At this screen you should click on        the &lt;b&gt;Continue&lt;/b&gt; button. &lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;     &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="Confirmation screen to continue with the uninstall" title="Confirmation screen to continue with the uninstall" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-uninstall/confirmation.jpg" width="466" height="129" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;b&gt;Figure 3. Confirmation screen to continue with the uninstall&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;            &lt;div align="left"&gt;         &lt;p&gt;If you do not want to continue, then you should press          the &lt;b&gt;No&lt;/b&gt; button, and you will come back to the list of programs.           If you press the &lt;b&gt;Yes &lt;/b&gt;button  Vista will start the uninstall          routine for the program and begin to remove it. An uninstall screen will          typically now open and  may ask you questions about how the program          should be uninstalled.  You typically want to remove the entire program          except any data that you may need in the future. As each program's uninstall          process is different, it is advised that you read each screen carefully          and continue with the uninstall process. When uninstalling certain          programs you may receive a prompt from Windows stating &lt;b&gt;An unidentified          programs wants access to your computer&lt;/b&gt;.  When you receive this          as you uninstall the program, you should click on the &lt;b&gt;Allow&lt;/b&gt; button,          as it is the uninstaller being started.&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;The program will now continue to uninstall, and when completed you will be back at the list of programs installed on your computer.  You will notice, though, that the program you just uninstalled is no longer listed.  At this point you can either uninstall another programs or close the Programs and Features screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Windows XP System Restore Guide</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/windows-xp-system-restore-guide.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:44:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-5703042999566772640</guid><description>&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;With new programs being installed, viruses infecting, and spyware    lurking in your browsers it is not uncommon for your computer to suddenly stop    behaving correctly. In fact, it is almost guaranteed that at some point your    computer will just not do what you expect it to. This is not because your a    lousy computer user or even a bad person, this is just the life as we know it    when working with computers. Luckily for us, Microsoft bundles an application    called System Restore into it's &lt;a itxtdid="6666292" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial56.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;operating system to&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt; help alleviate this problem.    This article will cover what System Restore is, how it works, and how you can    use it to protect your computer.  &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a name="sysrestore"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;System Restore&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;System Restore is a feature of Windows XP that allows you to restore    your computer to a previous known working state in the event of a problem. This    is done without loss of personal files or data such as word processing documents,    spreadsheets, music, images, etc. This feature is enabled by default and runs    in the background making backups after certain events happen on your computer.    System restore functions are only available to an administrator of the computer,    therefore if you are not an administrator, you will not be able to follow this    tutorial.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;System Restore protects your computer by creating backups of vital    system configurations and files. These backups are known as restore points.    These restore points are created before certain events take place in order to    give you a recourse in case something bad happens during that event. These events    are as follows:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you install a new application and that application's installation program      is compliant with the System Restore API, which most are these days, then      a new restore point will be created.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Installation of Microsoft security and OS updates will trigger a Restore      Point creation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you choose to use system restore to restore to a previous restore point,      system restore will create a new restore point prior to restoring a previous      state in case something goes wrong.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Before a Microsoft Backup Utility Recovery operation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Before installing an Unsigned driver.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;By manually creating a new restore point.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;By default at a 24 hour interval a new restore point will be made. This      restore point will only be made if the system is in an idle state.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If system restore is disabled and then reenabled a new restore point will      be made.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;These restore points contain configuration and settings and files    that are necessary for your computer to run correctly. The following are some    of the settings and files that are saved in a Restore Point:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Registry (Contains Configuration information for application, user, and      operating system settings)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Windows File Protection files in the dllscache folder. (Used for protecting      system files)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;COM+ Database&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Windows Management Instrumentation Database&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;IIS Metabase (Contains configuration for Internet Information Server)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Files with extensions listed in the &lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/forums/topic135.html" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Monitored File Extensions      list in the System Restore section of the Platform SDK&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Local Profiles&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;What System Restore does not store in a Restore Point include:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a itxtdid="6666372" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial56.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows XP passwords and hints are not restored. This is done so that you      do not by accident restore an old password and then lock yourself out of the      computer.. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Microsoft Internet Explorer and Content Advisor passwords and hints are      not restored.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Any file types not monitored by System Restore like personal data files      e.g. .doc, .jpg, .txt etc.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Items listed in both Filesnottobackup and KeysnottoRestore (More on that      later)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;User-created data stored in the user profile&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Contents of redirected folders &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The amount of space a System Restore will allocate towards its    use is, by default, 12 percent of your total useable space on the particular    partition being monitored if the partition is greater than 4GB, otherwise it    will use up to 400 MB. This amount can be adjusted per partition in the System    Restore tab in your System control panel. If you have less than 200 MB, system    restore will be disabled until the amount of available space rises above 200    MB. If system restore attempts to make a new restore point, and that restore    point would put you past the allocated amount of storage that system restore    can use, system restore will delete the oldest restore point automatically to    create more room for the new one.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a name="disable"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disabling System Restore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE: You need to be logged in as an Administrator to administer System    Restore. If you are not logged in as an administrator you will not be able to    follow these steps&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WARNING: By disabling system restore you will delete all stored restore    points. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;You should first go into the Control Panel and then double click    on the System icon. If you are in the control panel and do not see the System    icon, click on the link that says "Switch to classic view" in the    upper left hand side of the window. Now you should be able to see the System    icon. After you double click on it you should then click on the System Restore    tab. If system restore is enabled you will see an image like Figure 1 below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-disable.gif" width="325" height="378" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1: Disabling System Restore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; If you see in the Status section, designated by the green box,    that it is Turned off , then system restore is already disabled and you do not    have to do anything further. If it is showing that it is monitoring as seen    in Figure 1 above, then you should check the checkbox labeled "Turn off    System Restore", designated by the red box. You should then click on the    Apply button to disable system restore.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="enable"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;u&gt;Enabling System Restore&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE: You need to be logged in as an Administrator to administer System    Restore. If you are not logged in as an administrator you will not be able to    follow these steps.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To enable system restore you should follow these steps. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;By default system restore is enabled on Windows XP machines, so there is a    good chance that it is already enabled if this is your first time working with    system restore.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You should first go into the Control Panel and then double click on the System    icon. If you are in the control panel and do not see the System icon, then click    on the link that says "Switch to classic view" in the upper left hand    side of the window. Now you should be able to see the System icon. After you    double click on it you should then click on the System Restore tab. If system    restore is turned off you will see an image like Figure 2 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-enable.gif" width="325" height="378" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2. Enabling System Restore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; If you see in the Status section, designated by the green box,    that it is Monitoring a partition, then system restore is already enabled and    you do not have to do anything further. If it is showing that it is turned off    as seen in Figure 2 above, then you should uncheck the checkbox labeled "Turn    off System Restore", designated by the red box, and then adjust how much    disk space you want to allow system restore to use, which is by default 12 percent    of your entire disk space.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When you are done with making your settings, you should click    on the apply button. Since you are turning system restore back on, a new restore    point will automatically be made. After the new restore point is made, you should    see in the status section that system restore is monitoring the partition; which    means it is enabled.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="manual"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Manually Creating Restore Points&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;It is possible to manually make restore points when you wish by    using the System Restore utility. Common reasons to do this are because you    feel have your computer set up perfectly and would like to save that state in    case something goes wrong in the future.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To open the utility, go to your System Tools group under Accessories    in your Programs menu. Then click on the System Restore icon. You will be presented    with a screen similar to Figure 3 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-util.gif" width="500" height="371" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3. System Restore Utility.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; To create a manual restore point select the radio dial labeled    "Create a restore point", designated by the blue box, and press the    Next button. You will then be presented with a screen similar to Figure 4 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sw-namerestore.gif" width="450" height="333" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4. Name your Restore Point&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; At this point you should type the name you would like this restore    point to be referred as in the field designated by the red box. The current    date and time will automatically be appended to the name you choose. When you    are done, press the Create button designated by the blue box. System restore    will create the restore point and give you a confirmation screen with information    like Figure 5 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-rpcreated.gif" width="309" height="167" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 5. Manual Restore Point Created&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; At this point you can press the Close button to close the System    Restore utility.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="restore"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Restoring Windows XP to a previous    State&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To restore Windows XP to a previous restore point you need to    open the System Restore Utility. To open the utility, go to your System Tools    group under Accessories in your Programs menu. Then click on the System Restore    icon. You will be presented with a screen similar to Figure 3 above.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;You should select the radio button that is labeled "Restore    my computer to an earlier time", which is designated by the red box. When    that is selected press the Next button. You will then be presented with a screen    similar to Figure 6 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-restoreselect.gif" width="500" height="366" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 6. Select a Restore Point&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; At this point you should select a restore point that you would    like to restore. If a particular day has any restore points created on it the    date will be in bold. You can then select the restore point by clicking once    on its name, as designated by the red box in Figure 6 and then pressing the    Next button. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;At this point you will prompted with a confirmation as to whether    or not you want to continue. If you do want to continue, you should press the    Next button again, otherwise press cancel. System restore will then shut down    all open applications and reboot the computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;After the computer is rebooted you will see a screen that contains    information as shown Figure 7 below confirming that the restoration to the restore    point is complete.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-reboot.gif" width="238" height="160" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 7. Restoration Complete &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; If there are any problems with your computer since you restored    to this restore point, you can revert back to your previous settings by going    back into the System Restore Utility and selecting the "Undo my last restoration"    radio button and pressing the Next button as show in Figure 8 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 498px; height: 369px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/sr/sr-restorelast.gif" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 8. Undo your last Restoration&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="delete"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Deleting Restore Points&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;There are three known safe ways to delete restore points stored    on your computer. These ways are described below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disk Cleanup - &lt;/strong&gt;Launch the Disk Cleanup tool and    then select the more options tab. On this tab you will find a section for System    Restore. If you press the Clean Up button for that section, Windows will delete    all restore points except for the most recent one.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Turn off System Restore - &lt;/strong&gt;Just by turning off    System Restore all your restore points will be deleted. Unless you want this    to happen, be careful that you don't mistakenly delete all your restore points    by disabling system restore.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;System Restore runs out of storage space - &lt;/strong&gt;If    system restore runs out of the storage space that has been allocated towards    its use, it will delete the oldest restore point in order to create space for    the new restore point.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="problems"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;u&gt;Problems with System Restore&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;There are some problems associated with System Restore when it    comes to viruses. When restore points are created they are stored in a directory    that is accessible only to the System account and not to a user. This keeps    the restore points safe from misuse and tampering. Unfortunately this also means    that any virus scan software you may have installed can not scan the files located    there as well. This causes a problem if a file that is infected with a virus    gets backed up into a restore point because now the anti-virus software can    not clean it. Now if you ever restore from a restore point, that file that is    infected will be introduced back into your system. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;With this in mind, if you find that you are infected with a virus,    hijacker, or spyware and want to make sure you do not get reinfected if you    restore a restore point, you should turn System Restore off and then back on    again to clear all the restore points. This will guarantee that their are no    infected files that could be restored.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a name="adv"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Advanced Info&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WARNING: Information found in this section is for advanced    users only. If you use this information without advanced knowledge of your operating    system you can cause serious damage to your Windows installation.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;All restore points are stored in a folder that starts with _restore   in the System Volume Information folder found in the root of your individual   partitions. This folder is used to store copies of your registry, files, configs,   etc. The system volume information folder is only accessible to the System   account   by default. You can access this folder, though, by adding yourself to the security   permissions of this account. Though its advised that you do not do so, I am   sure that some of you will poke around in there anyway. &lt;strong&gt;Remember, doing this   is at your own risk.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Most of the configuration options for System Restore can be found    at the following registry key:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\SystemRestore&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;One interesting key you can change here is the interval Windows    uses to make an automatic restore point. By changing the value, which is the    total seconds between automatic restore point creation, you can make Windows    create restore points more often or less frequent. The default value is 86400,    which in seconds corresponds to 24 hours between each automatic restore point    creation.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\SystemRestore\RPGlobalInterval&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;For more information on the registry keys used by System Restore    read this Microsoft Knowledgebase article:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?kbid=295659" rel="nofollow"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The    Registry Keys and Values for the System Restore Utility&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;You can also specify what registry keys should not be restored    and what files should not be backed up by System Restore. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;These registry keys are:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\BackupRestore\FilesNotToBackup&lt;br /&gt; HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\BackupRestore\KeysNotToRestore&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The values contained in the FilesNotToBackup key are files or    directories, in which you can specify wildcards as well to exclude all files    in a particular directory. Any files listed in this way will not be added to    a restore point when one is created.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The values contained in the KeysNotToRestore key are registry    keys that should not be restored if you ever restore your computer to a previous    restore point.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The System Restore application is a powerful tool for keeping    your Windows Installation running smoothly and safely. If you use this feature    you will be guaranteed to have a valid restore point to revert to if any issues    arise in the future. Care must be taken, though, when using this application    so that damaged or infected files are not restored to your computer and cause    you to be reinfected. With caution in mind when using System Restore you should    not have these problems.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Another excellent system restore guide, by Bert Kinney, can be   found here: &lt;a href="http://bertk.mvps.org/" rel="nofollow"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;http://bertk.mvps.org/&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Setting up Windows Vista Parental Controls</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/setting-up-windows-vista-parental.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:36:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-6597596430278306918</guid><description>&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;With the launch of&lt;/span&gt; Windows V&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;ista, Microsoft has introduced a new security feature  called Windows Parental Controls. Windows Parental Controls allows a parent to  configure, on a per user basis, various restrictions on what that user can do  on the computer. These settings range from blocking websites to controlling what  games they can play. Having access to these types of controls allows a parent  to feel comfortable with their children using a computer and at the same time  gives them the flexibility to customize these settings to their specific needs.  &lt;p&gt;It is important to note that not all programs are compatible with Windows Parental    Controls. In order for Windows Parental Controls to properly monitor and control    certain activities on the computer, the application must be compatible with    this new service. For the most part, most of the settings can be enforced across    all applications, but it is important to test these controls using the applications    that your users will be using. This way you know for sure that any restriction    you put into place can be enforced. It is also important to note that Windows    Parental Controls can only be assigned to a Standard User, which is a user with    limited rights on the computer, and cannot be assigned to accounts that are    configured as an Administrator. This is so a user cannot remove restrictions    placed on them.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;One of the more powerful features of this new service is that you will be able    to view reports of the activity for each user that you have configured Parental    Controls. The information you see will be determined by whether or not the user    is using applications that are compatible with Windows Parental Controls. Assuming    that all the applications are compatible you will be able to monitor the following    activity.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Most recent websites blocked.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Attempts to visit sites that have been specifically blocked or allowed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; What files were downloaded.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;What file downloads were blocked.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the user logged on.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; What programs they have run.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Emails sent and received&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Instant Messages sent and received.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; What games were played.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; What media such as movies and videos were played.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this guide we will go into detail on how to use Windows Parental Controls    to restrict a user's activity. If you read through this guide, at the end you    will know all that you need to know about Windows Parental Controls and how    to use them to provide a safe computing environment for your children.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;a name="welcome"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Welcome to Windows Vista Parental Controls&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In order to access and start using the Vista Parental Controls you need to    log onto to your computer using an account that is an administrator. Once logged    in you should do the following:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista_features/vista_start_button.jpg" align="absmiddle" /&gt;)      button.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Start Menu Search Box (&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/vista-search-box.jpg" width="119" align="absmiddle" height="23" /&gt;)      type &lt;strong&gt;Parental Controls&lt;/strong&gt; and press &lt;strong&gt;enter&lt;/strong&gt; on      your keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;A User Account Control prompt will appear asking if you would like to continue.      Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Continue&lt;/strong&gt; button to proceed with opening the      Parental Controls.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;You will now be at the Vista Parental Controls welcome screen. This screen    is the main launching pad for setting the global Parental Controls options as    well as configuring Parental Controls for the &lt;em&gt;Standard Users&lt;/em&gt; on your    computer. From this screen you can create a new Standard User account, configure    existing user's Parental Controls settings, configure the global game rating    system, and set some other basic global settings. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/parental-controls-welcome.jpg" alt="The Main Vista Parental Controls Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 1. The Main Vista Parental Controls Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The first option we will explore is to create a new Standard User    account that you can assign Parental Controls to. You can do this by clicking    on the &lt;strong&gt;Create a new user account&lt;/strong&gt; option which will bring up    a screen that enables you to create a new account as shown below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 233px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/create-new-user.jpg" alt="Create a new account" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 3. Create a new account&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  In this screen you would type the login name for the new user account that you    would like to create. We also suggest that you leave the option labeled &lt;strong&gt;User    must set password at next logon&lt;/strong&gt; checked so that when the user logs    on for the first time they will be prompted for a new password enabling them    to keep their password private. When you are ready to create the user, you would    click on the &lt;strong&gt;Create Account&lt;/strong&gt; button to finish the creation process.    You would then be brought to the Parental Controls page for that particular    user. We will go into more detail about setting user controls later in the tutorial    so just press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to get back to the welcome screen..&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The first global setting you can modify from the main welcome screen is the    games rating system that will be used for all Parental Controls enabled accounts.    To view or modify your current setting you should on the &lt;strong&gt;Select a games    ratings system&lt;/strong&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/game-rating-systems.jpg" alt="Global game rating systems setting" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 4. Global game rating systems setting&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; It is advised that you stick with the &lt;strong&gt;Entertainment Software    Rating Board&lt;/strong&gt;, ESRB, rating system as your default but feel free to    choose another if you wish. Once you are finished selecting the rating system,    or keeping the current one, press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to exit this    screen and go back to the welcome screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This brings us to the next set of global settings, the Family Safety Options.    By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Family Safety Options&lt;/strong&gt; you will be brought to    a page that contains two global settings. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/family-safety-options.jpg" alt="Family Safety Options" /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 4. Family Safety Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  The first option is labeled &lt;strong&gt;How often would you like to be reminded    to read activity reports&lt;/strong&gt;. This option allows you to specify how often    you should be reminded that there are Parental Controls activity reports available    to be viewed. You will see these reminders when you log into an administrator    account. An example of this alert is below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/activityreport-alert.jpg" alt="Activity Report Reminder" width="362" height="98" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 5. Activity Report Reminder&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The second option labeled &lt;strong&gt;Reset the Web Content filter    to be the Windows Vista Web Content Filter&lt;/strong&gt; allows you to configure    Vista to use the built-in content filter rather than a 3rd party software that    you may have installed. If you had installed another web content filtering software    and would like to reset it back to using the Vista one, you can click on the    &lt;strong&gt;Reset&lt;/strong&gt; button. When you are done configuring these options you    should press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to get back to the main welcome    screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now that we have explored the main welcome screen, lets dig down    into configuring the Parental Controls for the individual users on your computer.    To start this process you simply need to click on a Standard User listed in    the welcome screen. As said previously, you can only enable Parental Controls    on an account that is a &lt;strong&gt;Standard User&lt;/strong&gt;. If you attempt to add    Parental Controls to an administrator you will instead receive the following    message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/admin-no-pc.jpg" alt="Cannot apply to an administrator" width="366" height="167" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 6. Cannot apply controls to an administrator&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; Once you click on a Standard User account you will be brought    to the User Controls screen where you can view the users activity log, enable    or disable Parental Controls, and fine tune the various Parental Controls for    this particular user. If the user that you are configure Parental Controls for    is currently logged on you will receive a warning stating that the new settings    may not go into affect until the user logs off and back on.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/user-controls-welcome.jpg" alt="User Controls Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 7. User Controls Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;On the left hand side of the screen are the various options that you can configure for this user. These settings will be disabled if Parental Controls is not turned on for this user. On the right hand side of the screen you will find a summary of the user's currently configured controls as well as have the ability to view the user's activity reports by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;View    activity reports&lt;/strong&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Let us start by enabling the Parental Controls for this particular    user. To do that you would select the option labeled &lt;strong&gt;On, enforce current    settings&lt;/strong&gt;. Once this option is selected you will now have access to    the other settings on this screen. It is important to note that once you select    this option, default restrictions will go into place. These default restrictions    are described below. We then suggest that you enable the option under the Activity    Reporting: category labeled &lt;strong&gt;On, collect information about computer usage&lt;/strong&gt;.    With this option enabled, Vista will log to the user's activity report their    activity on the computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now that you have enabled Parental Controls for this user, the    following options will become available under the Windows Settings category.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;&lt;dl&gt;&lt;dl&gt;&lt;dt&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial139.html#webfilter"&gt;Windows Vista Web Filter&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/dt&gt;&lt;dd&gt;This section allow you to controls the sites the user is allowed to visit,        whether or not they can download files, and the type of web site content        they can view.&lt;/dd&gt;&lt;dt&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial139.html#timerestrictions"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/dt&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span&gt;Time Limits &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;dd&gt;&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span&gt;This section &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;allows you to specify the specific times that the user is        allowed to use the computer.&lt;/dd&gt;&lt;dt&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial139.html#games"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/strong&gt;Games&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/dt&gt;&lt;dd&gt;This section allows you to specify what games are allowed to be played        on this computer based on their rating, content or title.&lt;/dd&gt;&lt;dt&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial139.html#programs"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/strong&gt;Allow and Block Specific Programs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/dt&gt;&lt;dd&gt;This section allows you to specify programs that a user can or cannot        use.&lt;/dd&gt;&lt;/dl&gt;&lt;/dl&gt; &lt;p&gt;Each of the above settings is discussed in greater detail in their own sections    below. Let's move on to the first of these four sections and learn about the    &lt;a itxtdid="6666371" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial139.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span&gt;Windows Vista W&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;eb Filter.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="webfilter"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Configuring the Windows Vista Web Filter&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you select the &lt;strong&gt;Windows Vista Web Filter&lt;/strong&gt; option you will    be brought to the Web Restrictions screen shown below. At this screen you have    a variety of different options that enable you to control what sites the user    can visit. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/web-restrictions.jpg" alt="Web Restrictions Page" width="600" height="450" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Figure 8. Web Restrictions Page&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;By default, when you enable Parental Controls on an account Web Restrictions    are automatically enabled and the &lt;strong&gt;Block some websites or content&lt;/strong&gt;    option will be selected. To disable restrictions select the &lt;strong&gt;Allow all    websites and content&lt;/strong&gt; option. When web restrictions are enabled, Vista    will automatically set your restriction level, which can be set under the &lt;strong&gt;Block    web content automatically&lt;/strong&gt; category, to &lt;strong&gt;Medium&lt;/strong&gt;. If    the medium setting is too relaxed or too strict you can modify it one of the    following settings:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom&lt;/strong&gt; - If you select this category you will be brought      to a new screen where you can select the specific site categories that you      would like to restrict this user from visiting.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 196px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/custom-levels.jpg" alt="Custom Content Filtering Level" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Figure 9. Custom Content Filtering Level&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;None&lt;/strong&gt; - There will not be any web content restrictions      on the sites this user visits.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;Medium&lt;/strong&gt; - This level will block unratable content and content      that fits in the following categories: mature content, pornography, drugs,      hate speech, and weapons.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;High&lt;/strong&gt; - Block all websites except those approved for children.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;It is important to note when using web restrictions that these settings may    not block every site that fits these categories due to the fact that what some    people find objective others do not. The restrictions will, though, be able    to block a large amount of sites that fall under the particular category. When    a user attempts to visit a site blocked by Parental Controls, the user will    see a screen in Internet Explorer, or another browser, similar to the one below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 286px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/blocked-site.jpg" alt="Site blocked by Parental Controls" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 10. Site blocked by Parental Controls&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If the user knows the administrator password then they can click on the &lt;strong&gt;Ask    administrator for permission&lt;/strong&gt; link in the blocked site's message. They    will then be prompted to enter the administrator's login information to unblock    the site.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Block web content automatically &lt;/strong&gt;category is another    option labeled &lt;strong&gt;Block file downloads&lt;/strong&gt;. If you enable this option    then the user will not be able to download files through Internet Explorer.    When using this feature, it is fairly easy to circumvent it as not all browsers    are blocked. For example though Internet Explorer is able to block downloads,    users of Firefox will have no problems downloading anything. Therefore you should    not rely on these features entirely, but rather test them with the various applications    your users will be using. When Parental Controls blocks a download it will show    an alert similar to the one below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 148px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/blocked-download.jpg" alt="Download blocked by Parental Controls" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Figure 11. Download blocked by Parental Controls&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The last category under web restrictions is &lt;strong&gt;Allow and block specific    sites&lt;/strong&gt;. This section allows you to specify specific sites that you want    to deny or allow the user to visit. When adding sites to the block or allow    list they override any restrictions based on the sites content that were configured    previously. In this way you can use this section to fine tune the content filters    based on a specific site. To configure this setting click on the &lt;strong&gt;Edit    the Allow and block list &lt;/strong&gt;option. This will bring you to the Allow Block    Webpages screen as shown below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 398px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/allow-block-webpages.jpg" alt="Allow Block Webpages Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 12. Allow Block Webpages Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;At this screen you can enter specific URLs, with only &lt;strong&gt;http://&lt;/strong&gt;    URLs currently being supported, into the &lt;strong&gt;Website address:&lt;/strong&gt; field    and then either press the &lt;strong&gt;Allow&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Block&lt;/strong&gt; button.    If you press the Allow button it will add that URL into the allow list and the    site will always be accessible by the user. If you add it to the block list    then the user will not be allowed to access it. When adding URLs to these lists,    any URL in the allow list overrides the same URL, or a more general URL, in    the block list. For example, if you add the broad and general URL, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;http://www.example.com&lt;/strong&gt;,    &lt;/em&gt;to the block list it would block every page that started with http://www.example.com/.    Now if you added a more specific URL for that domain, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;http://www.example.com/safepage.html&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,    to the allow list, that one URL would be accessible overriding the block list.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you really want to harden the system so that almost no sites can be accessed    you can put a checkmark in the &lt;strong&gt;Only Allow websites which are on the    allow list&lt;/strong&gt; checkbox. With this checked only URLs that you enter into    the allow category will be able to be visited. It is strongly suggested that    you do not select this option, as you will be seriously curtailing the amount    of useful sites available on the web.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Last but not least, you also have the ability to export and import your Allow    and Block lists to a file. This is useful if you want to use the same rules    on a different computer or if you have compiled a really good list and want    to share it with your friends. If you want to save your Allow and Block list    to a file you would click on the &lt;strong&gt;Export&lt;/strong&gt; button. This will bring    up a prompt where you give your list a name and then save it in the folder of    your choice. If you would like to import a list, you would click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt;    button and browse to the Web Allow Block Lists file that you would like to import.    We will go into more detail about these types of files later in the tutorial.    When you are done configuring the Allow and Block lists, press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;    button to save your settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;That covers the configuration of the Windows Vista Web Filter for this user.    Press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button again to get back to the main User Controls    screen so we can configure this the time restrictions for this user.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="timerestrictions"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Configuring time restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you select the &lt;strong&gt;Time Limits&lt;/strong&gt; option in the Users Controls    you will be brought to a screen where you can specify the hours that the user    is allowed to use the computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 399px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/time-restrictions.jpg" alt="Time Restrictions" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Figure 13. Time Restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;By default a user can logon to and use the computer at any time in the day.    If you want to limit when they can use the computer you can specify using this    screen the specific times they can log on. The hours are represented as individual    boxes, where each box represents a specific hour on a specific weekday. If you    click on a box, it turns it blue which means the user cannot log on to the computer    at that particular time. To remove this restriction you simply need to click    once again on the same box so it becomes white. You are also able to select    multiple time restrictions at the same time. To do this left click on a box    and while holding down the left mouse button, drag the pointer over the time    boxes that you would like to restrict. As you highlight each box it will turn    blue and block the user from logging on during that time period.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When a user attempts to log on to the computer when they are restricted they    will receive the error shown below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 529px; height: 106px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/login-restriction.jpg" alt="User is restricted from logging on to the computer" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 14. User is restricted from logging on to the computer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once you have finished configuring the time restrictions for this particular    user, you can save these restrictions by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;    button. This will bring you back to the main User Controls screen where we will    now configure what types of games the user can play.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="games"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Configuring Game Restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you select the &lt;strong&gt;Games &lt;/strong&gt; option in the Users Controls screen    you will be brought to the Game Restrictions screen where you can control whether    or not the user can play games and what type of games can be played.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/game-controls.jpg" alt="Game Controls Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Figure 15. Game Controls Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;By default all users with Parental Controls can play games of any content level.    To disable access to games you can select &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; under the &lt;strong&gt;Can    username play games? &lt;/strong&gt;category. If you want to allow this user to play    games, you can specify the maximum content rating of a game that the user can    play, by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;Set game ratings&lt;/strong&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/game-restrictions.jpg" alt="Game Restrictions" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Figure 16. Game Restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;From this screen you can specify whether or not the user can play games that    are not rated as well as specify the maximum content rating of a game that a    user can play. When games are created they are given a rating similar to a movie    rating so that a parent can determine if the game is appropriate for a child's    age. Depending on what you feel is best for your child; select the rating of    the games that your child can play. When selecting a rating it is important    to remember that the user can play games up to and including the rating you    select. Some games, for whatever reason, may not have a rating. If you want    to block these types of games from being played you can select the &lt;strong&gt;Block    games with no rating&lt;/strong&gt; option. If you don't mind that the user will play    games with no rating you should instead select the &lt;strong&gt;Allow games with    no rating&lt;/strong&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To further filter games you can also select various game content that you would    like a user not to be able to play. Examples of content that you can prohibit    are blood, alcohol reference, drug reference, nudity, etc. These settings will    override any game ratings that you select, so if you specify that you do not    want the user to play games with cursing, but you allow a game rating that allows    for that, the games with cursing will still not be allowed. When you are done    configuring this section you would click on the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to    save your changes. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You will now be back at the main Game Controls screen. From this screen we    will configure the last available setting, which is for allowing or blocking    specific games. By clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;Block or Allow specific games&lt;/strong&gt;    option you will come to the Game Overrides screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/game-overrides.jpg" alt="Game Overrides Screen" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 17. Game Overrides Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;At this screen you can specify whether or not a game can be played on a per    game basis. There are three options next to each game title. The first option    is &lt;strong&gt;User Rating Setting&lt;/strong&gt;, which will block the game based on    the Parental Controls settings previously set. The &lt;strong&gt;Always Allow&lt;/strong&gt;    or &lt;strong&gt;Always Block&lt;/strong&gt; settings will override the other Parental Controls    settings and allow access to the game based on the choice in this screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you are done configuring this screen, you can press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;    button to save your changes and bring you back to the main Game Controls screen.    Now that we are done configuring game settings, we would press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;    button again to exit back to the User Controls screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="programs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Configuring what programs are allowed or are    blocked&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are now at the User Controls screen and there is one last section that we    have not explored. When you click on the &lt;strong&gt;Allow and Block Specific Programs&lt;/strong&gt;    option you will be brought to a screen asking if the user can use all programs    or only ones that you allow. If you want the user to be able to use all of the    programs on the computer you should press the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; button    to exit this screen. Otherwise select the &lt;strong&gt;Username can only use the    programs I allow&lt;/strong&gt; option and Vista will scan your computer for programs    and then display them in a list as shown below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 397px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/vista-parental-controls/application-restrictions.jpg" alt="Application Restrictions" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 18. Application Restrictions&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can now pick and choose the specific programs that you wish to allow the    user to use. To allow a program to be used, simply put a checkmark in the checkbox    next to the programs name. If there is a program that is missing from the list,    and you would like the user to have access to it, you can click on the &lt;strong&gt;Browse&lt;/strong&gt;    button and browse to the executable. When the executable is added it will automatically    be checked. You can also select the &lt;strong&gt;Check All&lt;/strong&gt; button to allow    all the programs or the &lt;strong&gt;Uncheck All &lt;/strong&gt;button to disallow all    of the listed programs. When you are done selecting the programs you want to    permit access to, click on the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to save these settings    and bring you back to the User Controls screen.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Congratulations! You have now completed setting up Parental Controls for this    user. As this was the last group of settings to configure for this user, you    can now press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to get back to the main Parental    Controls welcome screen. You can now configure Parental Controls for any other    users on your computer, or close the screen to finish this process. In the next    sections we will go over some advanced material about Parental Controls. If    you have no need for this material, then you can skip to the conclusion.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="blocklist"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;How to create a custom Web Allow Block Lists    file &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Windows Vista Web Filter allows you to export    and import lists of sites that you would like to allow or block for a particular    user. These lists of sites are stored in a file called a &lt;strong&gt;Web Allow Block    Lists&lt;/strong&gt; file. These files are text files that have the extension of &lt;strong&gt;.WebAllowBlockList&lt;/strong&gt;    and contain a list of URLs. The URLs are formatted in a particular way so that    the Vista Web Filter knows whether or not they should be added to the Allow    or Block lists. Below we describe the format of the file so that you can make    your own Web Allow Block Lists files.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The contents of all Web Allow Block Lists files start with the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;webaddresses&gt;&lt;/webaddresses&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    tag and end with the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tag. In between    these two tags are URL statements using the following syntax:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;url allowblock="X"&gt;http://example.com&lt;/url&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;The value of the AllowBlock variable, represented by X, can either be the number    &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; or the number &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;. If you specify the value    of AllowBlock to be &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; then the Web Filter will add that URL    into the Allow list. On the other hand if you specify the value of the AllowBlock    to be &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt; then the Web Filter will add that URL into the Block    list. It is also important to note that when you add URLs to the list, you can    only add URLs that start with http://. Below are some example URL statements:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#333333;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;url allowblock="1"&gt;http://www.example.com&lt;/url&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;      would allow all pages that start with www.example.com/ to be accessible.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#333333;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://www.example.com/badurl/&lt;/url&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;      would block access to the specific URL http://www.example.com/badurl/&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can list as many URL statements as you wish as long as you use the syntax    shown above and as long as they are in between the opening &lt;strong&gt;&lt;webaddresses&gt;&lt;/webaddresses&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    and the closing &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tags. An example Web    Allow Block Lists file can be found below so that you can see the format used.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#333333;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;webaddresses&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;url allowblock="1"&gt;http://apple.test.com/&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;url allowblock="1"&gt;http://test.com/test&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://mac.test.com/&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://test.com/&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://test.com/blocked&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;One frustrating issue when making a Block Lists file is that certain    legitimate types of http:// URLs are not permissable in a Web Allow Block Lists    file which makes it difficult to automate the conversion of existing lists of    unwanted sites to this new format. The first is that you cannot use a &amp;amp;,    ampersand, in an URL. So an URL that looks like the following is not allowed:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;http://www.example.com/test.html?test=1&amp;amp;bad=1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;When trying to import urls that contain an &amp;amp;, you will get an error message    stating the import failed. One last caveat, which is not necessarily a problem,    is that the import process will strip off the first GET variable in an URL so    that it is only the specific page, without arguments, that gets added to the    lists. Let's look at the following URLs list as an example:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;webaddresses&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://www.example.com/index.php&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;url allowblock="2"&gt;http://www.example.com/index.php?type=.html&lt;/url&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/webaddresses&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Both URLs are legitimate and both may perform differently when    you visit them, but when you import this list, you will be notified that the    URLs are redundant, the importer will strip off the arguments, and you will    only be left with the single URL, &lt;strong&gt;http://www.example.com/index.php&lt;/strong&gt;,    in your block list. I understand that they are doing this so that you have a    more general URL to block, but I find it strange that the import process is    fine with the first variable designated by a &lt;strong&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;, but has problems    with further arguments specified with an &lt;strong&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="advanced"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Advanced Information&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this section we will touch on some advanced information as to the inner    workings of Parental Controls. The configuration settings for the Parental Controls    are stored in the following Windows Registry key:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental      Controls&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Under that key are a variety of global settings, exemption lists, and the per    user settings. For each user that has Parental Controls there is a subkey named    for their SID, or Security Identifier, under the following key:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental      Controls\Users&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Under the SID subkey you will find all the settings that were configured for    the user. An interesting subkey is the Web\Overrides subkey, which contains    the Web Filter overrides. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental      Controls\Users\S-1-5-21-2583266263-1766765975-3327590656-1004\Web\Overrides&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Each value name is the particular URL in our block or allow list and the data    of that value is either the number &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;,    with 1 meaning the URL is allowed and 2 meaning it is blocked. These settings    are obviously only accessible by an Administrator so we do not have to worry    about malware running under a standard user's account modifying this information.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;According to a blog    post by David Bennet, a developer on the Windows Parental Controls team,    there are four different exclusion lists, in two categories, for Parental Controls.    These lists contain URLs and programs that are white listed so that they cannot    be blocked or filtered. The first category of white lists are for entries added    to the list by programs so that they can update themselves, retrieve help information,    or activate their products. These program writable lists are the &lt;strong&gt;HttpExemptionList&lt;/strong&gt;    and the &lt;strong&gt;UrlExemptionList&lt;/strong&gt;. They are found at the following Registry    keys:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental      Controls\HTTPExemptions&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental Controls\URLExemptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; HTTPExemptions are a list of programs that are can't be blocked from accessing  the HTTP protocol and URLExemptions are urls that can't be blocked by the Vista  Web Filter. Below are default exemptions for a Vista Ultimate installation.  &lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HTTPExemptions&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/strong&gt;C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmprph.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpnscfg.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmlaunch.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpenc.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\wmplayer.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpsideshowgadget.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpnetwk.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpshare.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\Program Files\Windows Media Player\Wmpconfig.exe&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URLExemptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    http://services.wmdrm.windowsmedia.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://preview.services.wmdrm.windowsmedia.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://drmlicense.one.microsoft.com&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;The second type of white list is read-only and is a list of Windows programs    and URLs that are required for proper Windows functionality. These entries cannot    be added or removed by standard means and will most likely only be altered via    future Windows updates. The Registry keys associated with these white lists    are:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental      Controls\WinHTTPExemptions&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Parental Controls\WinURLExemptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;WinHTTPExemptions are a list of programs that are can't be blocked from accessing    the HTTP protocol and WinURLExemptions are urls that can't be blocked by the    Vista Web Filter. Below are default exemptions for a Vista Ultimate installation.  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WinHTTPExemptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    C:\\Windows\eHome\ehrec.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\\Windows\HelpPane.exe&lt;br /&gt;    C:\\Windows\eHome\MCUpdate.exe&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WinURLExemptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    http://www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/images/lockedout_uncompressed48.png&lt;br /&gt;    http://wer.microsoft.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://oca.microsoft.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://www.microsoft.com/library/media/1033/windowsvista/images/shield.png&lt;br /&gt;    http://images.metaservices.microsoft.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://games.metaservices.microsoft.com&lt;br /&gt;    http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that you understand how to use Vista's Window Parental Controls, it is    possible to create a safe and productive environment for the children in your    household. It is particularly comforting knowing that the Windows Parental Controls    team envisioned that what one parent may find offensive, another may not, and    thus provided us a set of tools that we can customize to fit our own requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>XP Network logon for Home Users</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/xp-network-logon-for-home-users.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:30:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-3977605399973715631</guid><description>If you use a computer at work, school, library, or where ever a computer is on a network, you've probably seen the logon screen where it tells you to press Ctrl+Alt+Del. This is the logon prompt that XP Professional users and   Windows 2&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;000 users receive when the machine is configured to log on to a network.   If   this type of login is more comfortable for you to use and you would like to   change your XP Home logon to do this as well, then please   read   on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Want your logon screen to look like this?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 508px; height: 296px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/xp_home_logon/log-on_html_m79eb95b2.jpg" name="graphics3" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 1.1&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;b&gt;Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/u&gt;There are only two (2) things you need to have in order to use this logon type:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; You need to have &lt;a itxtdid="7101250" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial100.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Microsoft Windows XP Home or   Professional.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You need to have access to an administrator account     on the computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;b&gt;Instructions&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;  Very first thing you need to do is to turn off your current logon type.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;I&lt;span style=""&gt;n  the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Classic View&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; of  the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;Control Panel&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;,  double click on &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;User Accounts&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Change  the way users log on or off. &lt;/b&gt; If you get a   pop-up about "Fast Switching," just click &lt;b&gt;cancel.&lt;/b&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Uncheck&lt;b&gt; Use Fast User Switching&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;Use the Welcome Screen&lt;/b&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Apply  Options&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the&lt;b&gt;   Guest&lt;/b&gt; account  &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Turn       OFF the Guest Account&lt;/b&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close out of  the &lt;b&gt;User Accounts&lt;/b&gt; windows by clicking the little &lt;b&gt;X.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Now that you have turned off your old logon, now you have configure your new logon. :)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in;"&gt;Right Click  on the &lt;b&gt;TaskBar&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click    &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the     &lt;b&gt;Start Menu&lt;/b&gt; tab&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the  Radio Button option &lt;b&gt;Start Menu&lt;/b&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then click    &lt;b&gt;Customize&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the     &lt;b&gt;Advanced&lt;/b&gt; tab&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll down  and click the Radio Button option under "System Administrative  Tools," labeled &lt;b&gt;Display on the All  Programs menu and the  Start Menu&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Ok,&lt;/b&gt;  then click &lt;b&gt;Ok&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now you have  to adjust our "preferences." You should be viewing your  desktop.    &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click    &lt;b&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/b&gt; while the rollover menu is still there,  click &lt;b&gt;Local Security Policy&lt;/b&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the &lt;i&gt;left&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;"&gt; side of the screen click the + so its a – on the &lt;b&gt;Local  Policies&lt;/b&gt; menu.&lt;/span&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then click on &lt;b&gt;Security Options&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Then make sure the following is changed to or is the option in &lt;b&gt;bold.&lt;/b&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Interactive logon: Do not display last user name. Change it to     &lt;b&gt;Enabled&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;           &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Interactive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL. Change it to     &lt;b&gt;Disabled&lt;/b&gt;*&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on.   Change it to anything you want, on mine it is: &lt;b&gt;"Welcome to   YanoNet! By touching this computer you are agreeing to the EULA.   Thank you. If you need an account please contact the   administrator."&lt;/b&gt;(This text will appear as shown in &lt;strong&gt;Figure 1.3&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;           &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Interactive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on: &lt;b&gt;Change             it to anything you want. Mine is: Welcome to YanoNet!" &lt;/b&gt;(White             text in the top bar of &lt;strong&gt;Figure1.3&lt;/strong&gt;)        &lt;br /&gt;             &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;System cryptography: User FIPS compliant algorithms for encryption, hashing, and signing. &lt;strong&gt;Enabled&lt;/strong&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;              &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;System objects: Strengthen default permissions of internal system objects (e.g. Symbolic Links) &lt;strong&gt;Enabled&lt;/strong&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;"&gt;If you   have followed these steps correctly your computer is now set to login as if   you are on a network. Next time you reboot you will see a screen like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/xp_home_logon/log-on_html_m79eb95b2.jpg" name="graphics3" width="508" border="0" height="296" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Figure 1.2 &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="left"&gt;To   start the login process, press &lt;strong&gt;Control-Alt-Delete&lt;/strong&gt;. You will now be presented   with the message text that you created in step &lt;strong&gt;14.3&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;14.4.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/xp_home_logon/logon-notice.jpg" name="graphics2" width="492" align="middle" border="0" height="418" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1.3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="left"&gt;Press   &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; to accept the message and you will be presented with the   logon screen as show below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/xp_home_logon/log-on_html_m6e86bced.jpg" name="graphics1" width="525" align="middle" border="0" height="346" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;b&gt;Figure 1.4&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p style="margin-bottom: 0in; font-style: normal;" align="left"&gt;You   can now enter your account information to logon to Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to determine what services are running under a SVCHOST.EXE process</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-determine-what-services-are.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:26:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-4664891368977465805</guid><description>&lt;p&gt;A very common question we see here at Bleeping Computer involves people concerned    that there are too many SVCHOST.EXE processes running on their computer. The    confusion typically stems from a lack of knowledge about SVCHOST.EXE, its purpose,    and Windows services in general. This tutorial will clear up this confusion    and provide information as to what these processes are and how to find out more    information about them. Before we continue learning about SVCHOST, lets get    a small primer on Windows services.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Services are Windows programs that start when Windows loads and that continue    to run in the background without interaction from the user. For those familiar    with Unix/Linux operating systems, Windows servers are similar to *nix daemons.    For the most part Windows services are executable (.EXE) files, but some services    are DLL files as well. As Windows has no direct way of executing a DLL file    it needs a program that can act as a launcher for these types of programs. In    this situation, the launcher for DLL services is SVCHOST.EXE, otherwise known    as the &lt;strong&gt;Generic Host Process for Win32 Services&lt;/strong&gt;. Each time you    see a SVCHOST process, it is actually a process that is managing one or more    distinct Windows DLL services.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Outlined below are three methods, depending on your Windows version, to see what services a SVCHOST.EXE process is controlling on your computer as well as some advanced technical knowledge about svchost for those who are interested.&lt;!-- Description --&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="procexp" id="procexp"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Determining the services running    under a SVCHOST.EXE process using Process Explorer&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Process Explorer, from &lt;a href="http://www.sysinternals.com/"&gt;Sysinternals&lt;/a&gt;,    is a process management program that allows you to see the running processes    on your computer and a great deal of information about each process. One of    the nice features of Process Explorer is that it also gives you the ability    to see what services a particular SVCHOST.EXE process is controlling.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;First you need to download Process Explorer from the following site:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.microsoft.com/technet/sysinternals/security/processexplorer.mspx"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Process    Explorer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Download the file and save it to your hard drive. When it has finished downloading,    extract the file into its own folder and double-click on the &lt;strong&gt;procexp.exe&lt;/strong&gt;    to start the program. If this is your first time running the program, it will    display a license agreement. Agree to the license agreement and the program    will continue. When it is finished loading you will be presented with    a screen containing all the running processes on your computer as shown in the    figure below. Remember that the processes you see in this image will not be    the same as what is running on your computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 529px; height: 443px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/procexp.jpg" alt="Process Explorer" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Process Explorer Screen&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Scroll through the list of processes until you see the SVCHOST.EXE    process(es). To find out which services are running within a particular SVCHOST.EXE    process we need to examine the properties for the process. To do this double-click    SVCHOST.EXE entry in Process Explorer and you will see the properties screen    for the process like in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 496px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/SVCHOST-prop.jpg" alt="SVCHOST.EXE Properties" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;SVCHOST.EXE Properties&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Finally, to view the services running in this process, click on    the &lt;strong&gt;Services&lt;/strong&gt; tab. You will now see a screen similar to the    one below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/services.jpg" alt="Services Tab" width="426" height="492" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Services Tab&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;This window displays the services that are being managed by this    particular SVCHOST.EXE process. As you can see the SVCHOST.EXE that we are currently    looking at in this tutorial is managing the DCOM Server Process Launcher and    Terminal Services.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Using this method you can determine what services a SVCHOST.EXE process is    controlling on your computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a name="tasklist"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Determining the services running under a    SVCHOST.EXE process using Task List&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;For those who like to tinker around in a Windows command prompt/console window,    and have &lt;a itxtdid="7101625" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial129.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows XP Pro or Windows 2003, there is a Windows program called tasklist.exe    that can be used to list the running processes, and services, on your computer.    To use task list to see the services that a particular SVCHOST.EXE process is    loading, just follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;1. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; button and then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;    menu command.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;2. In the Open: field type &lt;strong&gt;cmd&lt;/strong&gt; and press &lt;strong&gt;enter&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;3. You will now be presented with a console window. At the command prompt type    &lt;strong&gt; tasklist /svc /fi "imagename eq svchost.exe"&lt;/strong&gt; and press the &lt;strong&gt;enter&lt;/strong&gt; key. You    will see a list of the processes on your computer as well as the services    that a SVCHOST.EXE process is managing. This can be seen in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 268px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/tasklist.jpg" alt="TaskList /svc output" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;TaskList /svc output&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When you are done examining the output, you can type &lt;strong&gt;exit&lt;/strong&gt;    and press the &lt;strong&gt;enter&lt;/strong&gt; key to close the console window.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a name="vista" id="vista"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Determining the services running    under a SVCHOST.EXE process in Windows Vista&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Windows vista has enhanced their Windows Task Manager and one of its features    allows us to easily see what services are being controlled by a particular SVCHOST.EXE    process. To start, simply start the task manager by right clicking on the task    bar and then selecting Task Manager. When Task Manager opens click on the &lt;strong&gt;Processes&lt;/strong&gt;    tab. You will now be presented with a list of processes that your Vista user    account has started as shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/processes.jpg" alt="vista processes" width="410" height="455" /&gt;.   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Vista's Current User Processes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;We, though, need to see &lt;strong&gt;all&lt;/strong&gt; of the processes    running on the computer. To do this click on the button labeled &lt;strong&gt;Show    All Processes&lt;/strong&gt;. When you do this Windows Vista will prompt you to allow    authorization to see all the processes as shown below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/confirmation.jpg" alt="show all vista processes confirmation" width="437" height="239" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Show all Vista Processes Confirmation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Continue&lt;/strong&gt; button and the Vista task    manager will reload, but this time showing all the processes running in the    operating system. Scroll down through the list of processes until you see the    SVCHOST processes as shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/svchost/all-processes.jpg" alt="All Windows Vista Processes" width="407" height="455" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;All Vista Processes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Right-click on a SVCHOST process and select the &lt;strong&gt;Go to    Service(s)&lt;/strong&gt; menu option. You will now see a list of services on your    computer with the services that are running under this particular SVCHOST process    highlighted. Now you can easily determine what services a particular SVCHOST    process is running in Windows Vista.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a name="advanced"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced Information about SVCHOST.EXE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now that we know that a single SVCHOST.EXE process can load and    manage multiple services, what determines what services are grouped together    under a SVCHOST instance? These groups are determined by the settings in the    following Windows Registry key:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\SVCHOST&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Under this key are a set of values that group various services    together under one name. Each group is a REG_MULTI_SZ Registry value that contains    a list of service names that belong to that group. Below you will see standard    groups found in XP Pro.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="75%" align="center" border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;      &lt;td&gt; &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Group Name&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt; &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Services in the group&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LocalService&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;Alerter, WebClient, LmHosts, RemoteRegistry, upnphost, SSDPSRV&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NetworkService&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;DnsCache&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;netsvcs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;6to4, AppMgmt, AudioSrv, Browser, CryptSvc, DMServer, DHCP,&lt;br /&gt;      ERSvc, EventSystem, FastUserSwitchingCompatibility, HidServ, Ias,&lt;br /&gt;      Iprip, Irmon, LanmanServer, LanmanWorkstation, Messenger, Netman,&lt;br /&gt;      Nla, Ntmssvc, NWCWorkstation, Nwsapagent, Rasauto, Rasman, Remoteaccess,       &lt;br /&gt;      Schedule, Seclogon, SENS, Sharedaccess, SRService, Tapisrv, Themes, TrkWks,       &lt;br /&gt;      W32Time, WZCSVC, Wmi, WmdmPmSp, winmgmt, TermService, wuauserv,&lt;br /&gt;      BITS, ShellHWDetection, helpsvc, xmlprov, wscsvc, WmdmPmSN&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;rpcss&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;RpcSs&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imgsvc&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;StiSvc&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;termsvcs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;TermService&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HTTPFilter&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;HTTPFilter&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td height="27"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DcomLaunch&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;DcomLaunch, TermService&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Each of the service names in these groups corresponds to a service    entry under the Windows Registry key:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Under each of these service entries there is a &lt;strong&gt;Parameters&lt;/strong&gt;    subkey that contains a &lt;strong&gt;ServiceDLL&lt;/strong&gt; value which corresponds to    the DLL that is used to run the service. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When Windows loads it begins to start services that are set to    enabled and have an automatic startup. Some services are started using the SVCHOST.exe    command. When Windows attempts to start one of these types of services and there    is currently not a svchost instance running for that services group, it will    create a new SVCHOST instance and then load the DLL associated with the service.    If on the other hand, there is already a SVCHOST process running for that group    it will just load the new service using that existing process. A service that    uses SVCHOST to initialize itself, provides the name of the group as a parameter    to svchost.exe command. An example would be:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C:\WINDOWS\system32\svchost.exe -k DcomLaunch&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;In the above command line, the svchost process will look up the    ServiceDLL associated with the service name from the DcomLaunch group and load    it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;This can be confusing, so let's use an example. There is a Windows    service called &lt;strong&gt;Distributed Link Tracking Client&lt;/strong&gt; which has a    service name &lt;strong&gt;TrkWks. &lt;/strong&gt;If we examine the table above, we can    see that the TrkWks service is part of the &lt;strong&gt;netsvcs&lt;/strong&gt; group. If    we look at the Registry key for this service we see that it's ServiceDLL is    &lt;strong&gt;%SystemRoot%\system32\trkwks.dll&lt;/strong&gt;. Therefore, using this information    and what we learned above, we know that the executable command for the TrkWks    service must be:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C:\WINDOWS\system32\svchost.exe -k netsvcs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When the TrkWks service is started Windows will check to see if    there is a SVCHOST process for the netsvcs group already created. If not it    will create an instance of one to handle services in the netsvcs group. The    SVCHOST process for netsvcs will then start the service by executing the &lt;strong&gt;%SystemRoot%\system32\trkwks.dll&lt;/strong&gt;.    Once the DLL has been loaded by SVCHOST the service will then be in a started    state.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a name="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that you understand what SVCHOST.EXE is and how it manages certain Windows    services, seeing multiple instances in your process list should no longer be    a mystery or a concern. It is not uncommon to see numerous SVCHOST entries,    sometimes upwards to 8 or 9 entries, running on your computer. If you are concerned    with what is running under these processes, simply use the steps described above    to examine their services.&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Introduction to the Windows Command Prompt</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/introduction-to-windows-command-prompt.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:21:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-5254658280997327367</guid><description>&lt;p&gt;Before Windows was created, the most common operating system that ran on IBM PC compatibles was DOS.  DOS stands for Disk Operating System and was what you would use if you had started your computer much like you do today with Windows. The difference was that DOS was not a graphical operating system but rather purely textual. That meant in order to run programs or manipulate the operating system you had to manually type in commands. When Windows was first created it was actually a graphical user interface that was created in order to make using the DOS operating system easier for a novice user. As time went on and newer versions of Windows were developed DOS was finally phased out with Windows ME. Though the newer operating systems do not run on DOS, they do have a something called the command prompt, which has a similar appearance to DOS. In this tutorial we will cover the basic commands and usage of the command prompt so that you feel comfortable in using this resource.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="using"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Using the Command Prompt or Dos Window&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When people refer to the command prompt they may we refer to it in different ways. They may refer to it as a shell, console window, a command prompt, a cmd prompt, or even dos. In order to enter the command prompt you need to run a program that is dependent on your operating system. Below we list the programs that you need to run to enter a command prompt based on the version of Windows you are running.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;      &lt;td width="22%"&gt;        &lt;div align="center"&gt;Operating System&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="14%"&gt;        &lt;div align="center"&gt;Command&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="64%"&gt;        &lt;div align="center"&gt;Notes&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;Windows 3.1,.3.11, 95, 98, ME&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;command.com&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This program when run will open up a command prompt window providing a        DOS shell.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;a itxtdid="6666368" target="_blank" href="http://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/tutorial76.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows NT, 2000, XP, 2003&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;cmd.exe&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This program will provide the native command prompt.  What we call        the command prompt.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;Windows NT, 2000, XP, 2003&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;command.com&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This program will open up a emulated DOS shell for backwards compatibility.         Only use if you must.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p&gt;To run these programs and start a command prompt you would do the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Step 1: Click on the Start Menu&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Step 2: Click on the Run option&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Step 3: Type the appropriate command in the Open: field.  For example if we are using Windows XP we would type &lt;strong&gt;cmd.exe.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Step 4: Click on the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;After following these steps you will be presented with a window that look similar to Figure 1 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 268px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cmdprompt/cmdprompt.gif" alt="Windows Command Prompt" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1. Windows Command Prompt&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The command prompt is simply a window that by default displays    the current directory, or in windows term a folder, that you are in and has    a blinking cursor ready for you to type your commands.  For example in    Figure 1 above you can see that it says C:\WINDOWS&gt;.  The C:\WINDOWS&gt;    is the prompt and it tells me that I am currently in the c:\windows directory.     If I was in the directory c:\program files\directory  the prompt    would instead look like this:  C:\PROGRAM FILES\DIRECTORY&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To use the command prompt you would type in the commands and instructions you want and then press enter. In the next section we will discuss some useful commands and how to see all available built in commands for the command prompt.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="commands" id="commands"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Useful commands&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The command.com or cmd.exe programs have built in commands that are very useful. Below I have outlined some of the more important commands and further instruction on how to find information on all the available commands.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Help&lt;/strong&gt; command - This command will list all the commands built into the command prompt. If you would like further information about a particular command you can type help commandname. For example &lt;strong&gt;help cd&lt;/strong&gt; will give you more detailed information on a command. For all commands you can also type the command name followed by a /? to see help on the command. For example, &lt;strong&gt;cd /?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Exit&lt;/strong&gt; command - This command will close the command prompt.  Simply type &lt;strong&gt;exit&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter and the command prompt will close.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;CD&lt;/strong&gt; command - This command allows you to change your current directory or see what directory you are currently in. To use the CD command you would type &lt;strong&gt;cd directoryname&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter. This would then change the directory you are currently in to the one specified. When using the cd command you must remember how paths work in Windows. A path to a file is always the root directory, which is symbolized by the &lt;strong&gt;\&lt;/strong&gt; symbol, followed by the directories underneath it. For example the file notepad.exe which is located in c:\windows\system32 would have a path as follows \windows\system32\notepad.exe. If you want to change to a directory that is currently in your current directory you do not need the full path, but can just type &lt;strong&gt;cd directoryname&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter. For example if you are in a directory called c:\test, and there were three directories in that the test directory called A, B, and C, you could just type &lt;strong&gt;cd a&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter. You would then be in the c:\test\a. If on the other hand you wanted to change your directory to the c:\windows\system32 directory, you would have to type &lt;strong&gt;cd \windows\system&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;DIR&lt;/strong&gt; command - This command will list the files and directories contained in your current directory, if used without an argument, or the directory you specify as an argument. To use the command you would just type &lt;strong&gt;dir&lt;/strong&gt; and press enter and you will see a listing of the current files in the directory you are in, including information about their file sizes, date and time they were last written to. The command will also show how much space the files in the directory are using and the total amount of free disk space available on the current hard drive. If I typed &lt;strong&gt;dir \test&lt;/strong&gt; I would see the contents of the c:\test directory as shown in Figure 2 below. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 268px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cmdprompt/cmd-dir.gif" alt="Dir Command" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2. DIR of c:\test&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;If you examine the screen above you will see a listing of the directory. The first 2 columns are the date and time of the last write to that file. Followed by whether or not the particular entry is a directory or a file, then the size of the file, and finally the name of the file. You may have noticed that there are two directories named &lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;.., &lt;/strong&gt;which have special meaning in operating systems.  The &lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt; stands for the current directory and the &lt;strong&gt;.. &lt;/strong&gt; stands for the previous directory in the path.  In the example above, &lt;strong&gt;..&lt;/strong&gt; stands for c:\windows.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Also note for many commands you can use the * symbol which stands for wildcard.  With this in mind, typing &lt;strong&gt;dir *.txt&lt;/strong&gt; will only list those files that end with .txt.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Copy&lt;/strong&gt; command - This command allows you to copy files from one location to another.  To use this command you would type&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;copy filetocopy copiedfile&lt;/strong&gt;.  For example if you have the file c:\test\test.txt and would like to copy it to c:\windows\test.txt you would type &lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copy c:\test\test.txt c:\windows\test.txt &lt;/strong&gt; and press enter. If the copy is successful it will tell you so and give you back the prompt. If you are copying within the same directory you do not have to use the path. Here are some examples and what they would do:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width="17%"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;copy test.txt test.bak&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="83%"&gt;Copies the test.txt file to a new file called test.bak in        the same directory&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;copy test.txt \windows&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;Copies the test.txt file to the \windows directory.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;copy * \windows&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;Copies all the files in the current directory to the \windows directory.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Move &lt;/strong&gt;command - This command allows you to move a file from one location to another.  Examples are below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width="17%"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;move test.txt test.bak&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="83%"&gt;Moves the test.txt file to a new file renaming it to test.bak        in the same directory.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;move test.txt \windows&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;Moves the test.txt file to the \windows directory.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;move * \windows&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;Moves all the files in the current directory to the \windows directory.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;At this point you should use the help command to learn about the other available commands.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="red" id="red"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Redirectors&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Redirectors are an important part to using the command prompt as they allow you to manipulate how the output or input of a program is displayed or used. Redirectors are used by appending them to the end of a command followed by what you are redirecting to. For example: &lt;strong&gt;dir &gt; dir.txt&lt;/strong&gt;.  There are four redirectors that are used in a command prompt and they are discussed below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width="4%"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="96%"&gt;This redirector will take the output of a program and store        it in a file.  If the file exists, it will be overwritten.  If        it does not exist it will create a new file.  For example the command        &lt;strong&gt;dir &gt; dir.txt&lt;/strong&gt; will take the output of the dir command        and place it in the dir.txt file.  If dir.txt exists, it will overwrite        it, otherwise it will create it.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&gt;&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This redirector will take the output of a program and store it in a file.         If the file exists, the data will be appended to the current data in the        file rather than overwriting it.  If it does not exist it will create        a new file.  For example the command &lt;strong&gt;dir &gt;&gt; dir.txt&lt;/strong&gt;        will take the output of the dir command and appends it to the existing data        in the dir.txt file if the file exists.  If dir.txt does not exist,        it will create the file first.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This redirector will take the input for a program from a specified file.         For example the date command expects input from a user.  So if we had        the command &lt;strong&gt;date &lt;&gt;it would take the input        for the date program from the information contained in the date.txt file.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;|&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This redirector is called a pipe.  It will take the output of a program        and pipe it into another program.  For example &lt;strong&gt;dir | sort&lt;/strong&gt;        would take the output of the dir command and use it as input to the sort        command.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="batch" id="batch"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Batch Files&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Batch files are files that have an extension ending in .bat. They are simply scripts that contain command prompt commands that will be executed in the order they are listed. To create a batch file, just make a file that ends in .bat, such as test.bat, and inside the file have the commands you would like. Each command should be on its own line and in the order you would like them to execute.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Below is example batch file. It has no real use but will give you an example of how a batch files works. This test batch file contains the following lines of text:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cd&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cd \test&lt;br /&gt;dir&lt;br /&gt;cd \&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;If I was to run the test.bat file I created I would have output that looks like the following:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 268px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cmdprompt/cmd-bat.gif" alt="Batch File" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3: Example of a batch file running.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;As you can see from the figure above, my batch file executed each command in my batch file in the sequence they were written in the batch file. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="console" id="console"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Console Programs&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If a program is created for express purpose of running within a command prompt, or console window, that program is called a console program. These are programs that are not graphical and can only be run properly from within a command prompt window.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Below is a list of sites that contain console programs that may be useful to you:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;   &lt;a href="http://www.csc.calpoly.edu/%7Ebfriesen/software/console.shtml/software.shtml" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.csc.calpoly.edu/~bfriesen/software/console.shtml/software.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are many more sites that have tools available.  Just do a Google search on windows console programs.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="conc" id="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The command prompt can be a very powerful and versatile tool for a computer user. Hopefully this brief introduction into the command prompt will enable you to use your computer more efficiently.&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to format a floppy in Windows</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-format-floppy-in-windows.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:16:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-8902825530445049928</guid><description>Everyone knows what a floppy disk is, but a common question, is how do I clean    out a floppy so that it can be used again? I have spoken to many people who    have said that after they store information on a floppy they throw them out    as they do not know how to erase the files on them so that it is an empty and    clean disk. This tutorial will cover how to reformat a floppy disk so that you    can reuse it as you wish. In this way you will not have to throw out your used    floppies, but can instead keep using them over and over.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; The images in this tutorial are taken from Windows XP    , but the method shown here should still apply for Win95/98/ME/2000.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;How to format a floppy in    windows&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: &lt;/strong&gt;Insert the floppy you would    like to erase into the floppy drive of your computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: &lt;/strong&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;    button, then click on &lt;strong&gt;run.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 3. &lt;/strong&gt;The run dialog box should    now be shown. Type &lt;strong&gt;explorer &lt;/strong&gt;in the &lt;strong&gt;Open:&lt;/strong&gt; field    and press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button. Alternatively, you can press down    on the Windows key on your keyboard, which is generally located between your    left Control and Alt keys and looks like a small flag, and while holding that    key down press once on the letter E. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Both methods will open Windows Explorer. After Windows    Explorer is opened you should see a screen similar to Figure 1 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 240px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/format/format-we.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1. Windows Explorer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 3:&lt;/strong&gt; Click once on &lt;strong&gt;My    Compute&lt;/strong&gt;r as show in Figure 1 above to highlight it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 4:&lt;/strong&gt; Click once on the &lt;strong&gt;Floppy    Drive&lt;/strong&gt;, usually the A: drive. It should now be highlighted.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 5:&lt;/strong&gt; Click on the &lt;strong&gt;File&lt;/strong&gt;    menu and then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Format&lt;/strong&gt; option as shown in Figure    2 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/format/format-format.gif" width="217" height="214" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2. Select the Format Option under the File Menu&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 6:&lt;/strong&gt; After you click once on &lt;strong&gt;Format&lt;/strong&gt;    as shown in Figure 2 above. You will see a screen similar to Figure 3 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/format/format-dialog.gif" width="254" height="398" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3. Format Dialog Box&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 7:&lt;/strong&gt; Type in a descriptive name    in the &lt;strong&gt;Volume Label&lt;/strong&gt; field for this floppy or leave it blank.    This is optional, so it is up to you.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 8:&lt;/strong&gt; Place a checkmark in the    &lt;strong&gt;Quick Format &lt;/strong&gt;box designated by the red box in Figure 3 above.  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 9:&lt;/strong&gt; Press the &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; button. You will    get a confirmation box as shown in Figure 4 below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/format/format-confirm.gif" width="336" height="123" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4. Confirmation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 10&lt;/strong&gt;: If you want to continue formatting this    floppy press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button, otherwise press &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 11:&lt;/strong&gt; Windows will now format your floppy.    If it has problems Quick Formatting the floppy, then it will tell you so, you    should tell it continue formatting the floppy. When it is done formatting, you    will be presented with a screen as shown in Figure 5 below telling you the format    is complete.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/format/format-complete.gif" width="206" height="123" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 5. Format Complete&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 12: &lt;/strong&gt;Press &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; and then &lt;strong&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Your floppy is now ready to be used.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p n="left" align=""&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;div align="left"&gt;Now that you know how to format a floppy you can use your floppies    more than once instead of throwing them out. This should allow you to always    have an available floppy in the case of emergencies and save you a little money.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to show hidden files in Windows</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-show-hidden-files-in-windows.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 08:13:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-7879619436874219930</guid><description>&lt;p align="left"&gt;By default Windows hides certain files from being seen with Windows    Explorer or My Computer. This is done to protect these files, which are usually    system files, from accidentally being modified or deleted by the user. Unfortunately    viruses, spyware, and hijackers often hide there files in this way making it    hard to find them and then delete them.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;By following the steps below for each version of Windows you will    be able to change the operating systems behavior so that you can see hidden    and protected files. In this way you will be able to delete or replaces files    for troubleshooting purposes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="win95"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows 95&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the &lt;strong&gt;My Computer&lt;/strong&gt; icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the View menu and then click &lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll down until you see the &lt;strong&gt;Show all files &lt;/strong&gt;radio button      and select it.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button and close the &lt;strong&gt;My Computer&lt;/strong&gt;      window.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="win98"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows 98&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the &lt;strong&gt;My Computer&lt;/strong&gt; icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; menu and then click &lt;strong&gt;Folder Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll down until you see the &lt;strong&gt;Show all files &lt;/strong&gt;radio button      and select it.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Apply &lt;/strong&gt;button and then the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;      button and close the &lt;strong&gt;My Computer&lt;/strong&gt; window.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="winme" id="winme"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows ME&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the My Computer icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;Tools&lt;/strong&gt; menu and click &lt;strong&gt;Folder Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt; section select the radio      button labeled Show&lt;strong&gt; hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the checkmark from the checkbox labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide file extensions      for known file types&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the checkmark from the checkbox labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide protected operating      system files&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Apply &lt;/strong&gt;button and then the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;      button and shutdown My Computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="winnt" id="winnt"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows NT&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the My Computer icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the View menu and then click &lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll down until you see the &lt;strong&gt;Show all files &lt;/strong&gt;radio button      and select it.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button and shutdown My Computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="win2000"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows 2000&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the My Computer icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;Tools&lt;/strong&gt; menu and click &lt;strong&gt;Folder Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt; section select the radio      button labeled &lt;strong&gt;Show hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the checkmark from the checkbox labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide file extensions      for known file types&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the checkmark from the checkbox labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide protected operating      system files&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Apply &lt;/strong&gt;button and then the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;      button and shutdown My Computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="winxp" id="winxp"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows XP and Windows    2003 &lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the My Computer icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;Tools&lt;/strong&gt; menu and click &lt;strong&gt;Folder Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After the new window appears select the &lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Put a check mark in the check box labeled &lt;strong&gt;Display the contents of      system folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt; section select the radio      button labeled &lt;strong&gt;Show hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the check mark from the check box labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide file extensions      for known file types&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the check mark from the check box labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide protected operating      system files&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Apply &lt;/strong&gt;button and then the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;      button and shutdown My Computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now your computer is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="vista" id="vista"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Windows Vista&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;To enable the viewing of Hidden files follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close all programs so that you are at your desktop.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the Start button. This is the small round button with the Windows      flag in the lower left corner.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt; menu option.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the control panel opens you can either be in &lt;strong&gt;Classic View&lt;/strong&gt;      or &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel Home&lt;/strong&gt; view:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;   If you are in the &lt;strong&gt;Classic View&lt;/strong&gt; do the following:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click on the Folder Options icon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the View tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to step 5.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;   If you are in the &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel Home view&lt;/strong&gt; do the following:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Appearance and Personalization&lt;/strong&gt; link .&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Show Hidden Files or Folders.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to step 5.&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;       &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt; section select the radio      button labeled &lt;strong&gt;Show hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the check mark from the check box labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide extensions for      known file types&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Remove the check mark from the check box labeled &lt;strong&gt;Hide protected operating      system files&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Press the &lt;strong&gt;Apply &lt;/strong&gt;button and then the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;      button and shutdown My Computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now Windows Vista is configured to show all hidden files.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;div align="left"&gt;Now that you know how to see all hidden files on your computer,    malicious programs such as viruses, spyware, and hijackers will no longer be    able to hide their presence from you or people helping you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Processor Speed Versus Memory</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/processor-speed-versus-memory.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 03:48:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-676402769410726538</guid><description>&lt;p align="left"&gt;A very common question I am asked is which is more important,    the speed of the processor or the amount memory. This is a difficult question    to answer and it would help if we had some understanding of what each component    does and how they relate to each other. This article will strive to teach you    the fundamental tasks of both memory and the cpu and how they relate to each    other. Hopefully at the end of this article, you will be able to answer this    question yourself.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Central Processing Unit (CPU)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;The CPU is the brain of the computer. It's job is to take information    from the various input devices, the operating system, and software and execute    the instructions that it has been given. A CPU executes a certain amount of    instructions within a grouping called a cycle. The speed of the CPU is measured    in how many cycles it can perform in a given second. A speed of one cycle per    second is called a hertz. Therefore a CPU that has a frequency of 1 million    cycles per second has the speed of a Megahertz, and a CPU that has a frequency    of 1 billion cycles per second is a Gigahertz. This is illustrated in the table    below:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table width="40%" align="center" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr align="center" bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;        &lt;td&gt;Hertz Term&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;td&gt;Cycles Per Second&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;tr&gt;        &lt;td&gt;1 Hertz&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;td&gt;1&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;tr&gt;        &lt;td&gt;1 Megahertz&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;td&gt;1,000,000&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;tr&gt;       &lt;td&gt;800 Megagertz&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;td&gt;800,000,000&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;tr&gt;        &lt;td&gt;1 Gigahertz&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;td&gt;1,000,000,000&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;Therefore to have a very high CPU Speed is a good thing, because    more instructions per second get executed. On the other hand, with current speeds    where they are, most computers coming default with at least 2 Ghz, you will    start to see a diminishing return on the visible speed differences between one    processor and the next speed. Computers of at 2Ghz should be more than fine    these days for most applications and you will probably not see much of a difference    by increasing the speed of your processor when using standard applications.    Games on the other hand can be more CPU intensive, and if you are going to be    using your computer predominantly as a gaming machine, then it could not hurt    to spend a few extra dollars on the CPU. You must remember though, to save some    money for your memory, as that is just as important to having a fast machine.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Computer Memory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;Just as important to the speed of the CPU is the amount of memory    you have in your computer. Memory is the temporary storage place for your computers    information. When a computer is manipulating some sort of information it is    placed in the memory to be retrieves or manipulated later. If all your usable    memory gets filled up, the computer will then start storing temporary data on    to your hard drive in something called a swap file. When the CPU is ready to    use that information it will then read it back from your hard drive and place    it into memory where it can be used. &lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p align="left"&gt;As you can see when you use a swap file, and the CPU needs to    access the data it becomes a two-step process in retrieving that data from the    hard drive and then stored in the memory, instead of a one step process of reading    the data directly from memory. Even more important is that reading data from    memory is many many times faster than reading that same data off the hard drive.    With this in mind, you can see how it is important to have as much memory as    you can, so that the swap file on your hard drive is never used, and all data    is stored and read directly from your memory.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;With all this information we are still left with the burning      question of "Which is more important, Memory or CPU Speed" and the      answer is neither and both. Got you there didn't I? The real answer depends      on how much you have to spend on your new computer and what the base system      is. If the base system is at least 2 Ghz then I would apply the money towards      memory, otherwise I would increase it to over 2 Ghz. If you have money left      over I would spend your up to your budget to increase your memory to 1 GB      or as close as you can get. These days, you really should have at least 512MB      of memory.&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Understanding Hard Disk Partitions</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/understanding-hard-disk-partitions.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 03:45:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-7065368703938313444</guid><description>When a hard drive is installed in a computer, it must be partitioned before    you can format and use it. Partitioning a drive is when you divide the total      storage of a drive into different pieces. These pieces are called partitions.    Once a partition is created, it can then be formatted so that it can be used      on a computer. When partitions are made, you specify the total amount of storage    that you would like to allocate to that partition from the total size of the      drive. For example, if you have an 80 GB drive, then it would be possible to    make one partition consisting of the entire 80 GB of available storage. Alternatively,      you could make two partitions consisting of a 20 GB partition that will be   used  for the operating system and programs and a 60 GB partition set aside   for data,    music, and images.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the current IBM PC architecture, there is a partition table in the    drive's Master Boot Record (section of the hard dirve that contains the commands   necessary to start the operating system), or MBR, that lists information about   the partitions on the hard drive. This partition table is then further split   into 4 partition table entries,   with each   entries   corresponding   to a partition. Due to this it is only possible to have four partitions. These   4 partitions are typically known as &lt;strong&gt;primary partitions&lt;/strong&gt;. To    overcome this restriction, system developers decided to add a new type of   partition    called the &lt;strong&gt;extended partition&lt;/strong&gt;. By replacing one of the four    primary partitions with an extended partition, you can then make an additional    &lt;strong&gt;24 logical partitions&lt;/strong&gt; within the extended one. The table below   illustrates this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="29%" align="center" border="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Partition Table&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;Primary Partition #1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;Primary Partition #2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;Primary Partition #3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td colspan="2"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;Primary Partition #4 (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Extended        Partition)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width="11%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="89%"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#999999;"&gt;Logical Partition #1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;&lt;span style="color:#999999;"&gt;Logical Partition #1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p&gt;As you can see, this partition table is broken up into 4 primary partitions.    The fourth partition, though, has been flagged as an extended partition. This    allows us to make more logical partitions under that extended partition and    therefore bypassing the 4 partition limit.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Each hard drive also has one of its possible 4 partitions flagged as an &lt;strong&gt;active      partition&lt;/strong&gt;. The active partition is a special flag assigned to only   one partition on a hard drive that the Master Boot Record (MBR) uses to   boot your computer into an operating system. As only one partition may be set   as the active partition, you may be wondering how people can have multiple   operating   systems installed on different partitions, and yet still be able to use them   all. This is accomplished by installing a boot loader in the active partition.   When the computer starts, it will read the MBR and determine the partition      that is flagged as active. This partition is the one that contains the boot      loader. When the operating system boots off of this partition the boot loader      will start and allow you      to choose which operating      systems      you would like to boot   from.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a name="why"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Why make partitions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that you know what a partition is, you may be wondering why you would   even  need to make multiple partitions instead of just making one. Though there   are quite a few reasons, we will touch on some of the more important ones below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Multiple Filesystems&lt;/strong&gt; - When you create a partition, you      then need to format it before it can be used. When formatting a partition          you tell the operating system what filesystem you would like that partition      to be formatted in. Once you format a partition, and therefore assign the          type of filesystem you want to use with it, you can not change that filesystem      without formatting the partition again and losing all the data contained     on      it. If you require different filesystems on your computer, whether it be     for  security or for a specific application, you can then make multiple partition          and assign one type of filesystem to one of the partitions and another to     one of the other partitions.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Partition Size &lt;/strong&gt;- On older operating systems the maximum     size of a partition was limited. Therefore if you had more storage space     on a     hard      drive than was usable in a single partition, you would need to create other      partitions to utilize this unused space.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Multiple Operating Systems &lt;/strong&gt;- Some operating systems use      filesystems that are not compatible with other operating systems. If you want      to use two operating systems on the same computer that are not compatible      in this way, you could then make two partitions, one for each operating system.      Then a boot loader could be used to switch between them when you start your      computer.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Wasted disk Space - &lt;/strong&gt;When a filesystems store data in      a partition, the larger the partition, the greater the chance of wasted     space.      By having multiple partitions of smaller size, you reduce the amount of     waste      that filesystems may create.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Seperate system files from users files&lt;/strong&gt; - Some components      of an operating system require storage space to operate. For example, in     Windows      if you have no hard drive space available on the drive that Windows is installed      on, you will not be able to print. By creating a partition solely devoted          to the operating system and then another partition dedicated to your own     data  and programs, there is less of a chance of you using up the space on     the operating      system partition with your data, and thus not causing problems.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Making Internet Explorer Safer</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/making-internet-explorer-safer.html</link><category>Web Browser</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 03:40:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-4427812136442672011</guid><description>The components that make up Internet Explorer are tightly integrated into the    Windows environment, so making changes to them affects many other programs including    Outlook (Express) and Windows Media Player. Be aware of the changes you make!&lt;br /&gt;  Even if you mistype an address you might fall into the hands of someone who    has bad intentions. A simple example is the well known search engine of Google.    If you mistype this as Goggle, you'll end up at a site for SpyBouncer...|&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Every day, new security holes are found in Internet Explorer, so you should    always keep Internet Explorer up-to-date, even if you use another browser like    Opera or Firefox. By not updating you might leave holes to be used in other    programs.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Another cause for trouble is active content. ActiveX controls and Java applets    can bring the net to life, but they also introduce possible risks in that they    will have programming errors that can be used maliciously.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="use"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;USING SECURITY ZONES&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Security zones are the first line of defense in Internet Explorer. There are    four zones in a normal installation of Windows.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Local Intranet - all sites behind the firewall. For home users this would      mean the other computers in your household. These sites are usually given      a high level of trust.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Trusted sites - sites you have given your trust. These are given the highest      trust, and is empty after you installed Windows.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Restricted sites - sites you distrust. This zone is empty after the Windows      installation as well.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Internet - the rest...&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;There is a fifth zone in the form of My Computer, but this is normally not    configurable. ActiveX controls that were installed on the computer by Windows    run in this zone. The controls you download do not! Also URLs that reference    files on your computer run in My Computer (files you save from the Internet    continue to run in the security zone attached to that site though).&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  What does all this mean? If you install a program such as Adobe Acrobat, you    download the installer from the Internet. When you run that file, it will run    in the Internet Zone (provided you didn't put Adobe in the Restricted or Trusted    Zone!). Once the program has been installed, when you start Acrobat it will    run in My Computer. If Adobe also installed a file that will be opened by Internet    Explorer, for example ReadMe.html, this will also run in My Computer.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  With Windows XP SP-2, this zone now has the highest security level. Any content    that uses Active Scripting or attempts to load an ActiveX Control is prevented    from running unless the user explicitly allows it to be run by clicking the    Information bar.&lt;br /&gt;  Because this can interfere with the operation of local running web applications,    developers can add a Mark Of The Web to make files run in the Local Intranet    zone instead of My Computer. For more information see &lt;a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" rel="nofollow"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;http://msdn.microsoft.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To assign sites to zones or alter the configuration of their settings, open    Internet Options by either choosing Tools within Internet Explorer or opening    it from the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;  Configuring Local Intranet&lt;br /&gt;  After installation the Local Intranet Zone is set up to include the following    site categories:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; All local sites which haven't been assigned to another zone. URLs without      dots like &lt;strong&gt;http://localhost&lt;/strong&gt; are considered a local site.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    All addresses on the Internet are in fact 32-bit integer values, which are      usually interpreted in the byte values. This is why you see addresses like      124.198.20.57. The four bytes that make up the address are 124, 198, 20 and      57. With the use of some math these four bytes can be reconstructed into a      single number (in this case 2093356089). Hey! No more dots! Now it runs in      the Local Intranet!&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; All sites bypassing a proxy&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; All files opened by a UNC path or My Network Places&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;To remove one or more of these categories from the Local Intranet, select Local    Intranet on the "Security" tab of Internet Options and click "Sites...".    Clear the appropriate checkboxes on the dialog and click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="add"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;ADDING AND REMOVING SITES FROM A ZONE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Select the zone you want to append the site to and click "Sites...".    Type or copy and paste the site's URL into "Add this Web site to the zone:"    box and click "Add". The site will appear in the "Web sites:"    list box.&lt;br /&gt;  To remove a site select it in that list box and click "Remove".&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Internet Explorer assumes the http protocol. Entering www.google.com is      equivalent to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.google.com/" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.google.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;"Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone"      ensures that the zone you are entering is secured by SSL. This checkbox is      selected in Trusted Sites. You can mix them by (un-)checking them when entering      a site.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Entering a full path to a page will add the complete site in the zone. Ergo,      entering &lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/doctorwho/characters/index.shtml" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.bbc.co.uk/doctorwho/characters/index.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;      will add &lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.bbc.co.uk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;      to the list.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you use IP addresses directly they will not be the same as the name of      the site. www.google.com will be different from 216.239.63.104. When you use      IP addresses you will have to add both to the zone.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To move a site from a zone to another you will have to delete it from the      current zone and append it to the new zone.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tips&lt;/strong&gt;: Check your Trusted Zone periodically. Programs can add    sites to the Trusted Zones and thereby give sites powers you don't want them    to have!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="seczone"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Creating a Custom Security Zone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;It could be that the default zones do not match what you need. If that happens,    you can always create your own zone. Internet Explorer doesn't let you create    a zone on your own, but you can create one relatively easily.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The zones are in the Registry in the key HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet    Settings\Zones. This key has the following subkeys:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  0) MyComputer&lt;br /&gt;  1) Local Intranet&lt;br /&gt;  2) Trusted sites&lt;br /&gt;  3) Internet&lt;br /&gt;  4) Restricted Sites&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The simplest way to create a new zone is by exporting one of the keys with    Registry Editor, changing it and importing the new key.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you're using Windows XP use System Restore to create a new restore point.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Open the Registry Editor and navigate to HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet      Settings\Zones\2. It's best to clone either 2 (Trusted sites) or 4 (Restricted      Sites). Other zones have properties that you don't want duplicated.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose File, Export and save the selected key as a .reg file. Close Registry      Editor.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Locate the exported file and right-click on it. Choose Edit to open it      in your editor of choice (by default that is Notepad).&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    After loading it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;table align="center" bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" bordercolor="#000000"&gt;       &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;          &lt;td&gt;REGEDIT4            [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet              Settings\Zones\4]&lt;br /&gt;            "1400"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            @=""&lt;br /&gt;            "DisplayName"="Restricted sites"&lt;br /&gt;            "Description"="This zone contains Web sites that can              possibly damage you computer or data."&lt;br /&gt;            "Icon"="inetcpl.cpl#00004481"&lt;br /&gt;            "CurrentLevel"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;            "MinLevel"=dword:00012000&lt;br /&gt;            "RecommendedLevel"=dword:00012000&lt;br /&gt;            "Flags"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1001"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1004"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1200"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1201"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1402"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1405"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;            "1406"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1407"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1601"=dword:00000001&lt;br /&gt;            "1604"=dword:00000001&lt;br /&gt;            "1605"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;            "1606"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1607"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1800"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1802"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1803"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1804"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1805"=dword:00000001&lt;br /&gt;            "1A00"=dword:00010000&lt;br /&gt;            "1A02"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1A03"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1C00"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;            "1E05"=dword:00010000&lt;br /&gt;            "{AEBA21FA-782A-4A90-978D-B72164C80120}"=hex:1a,37,61,59,23,52,35,0c,7a,5f,20,\&lt;br /&gt;            17,2f,1e,1a,19,0e,2b,01,73,13,37,13,12,14,1a,15,39&lt;br /&gt;            "1A10"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "{A8A88C49-5EB2-4990-A1A2-0876022C854F}"=hex:1a,37,61,59,23,52,35,0c,7a,5f,20,\&lt;br /&gt;            17,2f,1e,1a,19,0e,2b,01,73,13,37,13,12,14,1a,15,39&lt;br /&gt;            "1608"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1609"=dword:00000001&lt;br /&gt;            "1A04"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1A05"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1A06"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "1206"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "2001"=dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;            "2004"=dword:00000003&lt;/td&gt;       &lt;/tr&gt;     &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Edit the line that begins with [HKEY_CURRENT_USER changing the 4 to 5 at      the end. You can use any number but 5 will do.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Edit the "DisplayName" and "Description" to what you      want.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the "Icon" to something you'd like. This is the icon that      will be displayed in the Internet Options dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Edit "MinLevel" and "RecommendedLevel". MinLevel specifies      the lowest security you can set for the zone without a warning prompt. RecommendedLevel      is the default settings which will be set when you click on "Default      Level".&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    The available levels are:&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    dword:00010000 Low&lt;br /&gt;    dword:00010500 Medium-low&lt;br /&gt;    dword:00011000 Medium&lt;br /&gt;    dword:00012000 High&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Edit the Flags line. This sets various properties for the zone. To set      the Flags value, add the values from this table and convert them to hexadecimal      notation.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    The possible values are:&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    1 (0x01) Allow changes to custom settings&lt;br /&gt;    2 (0x02) Allow users to add sites to the zone&lt;br /&gt;    4 (0x04) Require https protocol&lt;br /&gt;    8 (0x08) Include sites that pass the proxy server&lt;br /&gt;    16 (0x10) Include sites not listed in other zones&lt;br /&gt;    32 (0x20) Do not show this zone in the Internet Options dialog&lt;br /&gt;    64 (0x40) Include the "Require Server verification (https:) for all sites      listed in this zone" checkbox&lt;br /&gt;    128 (0x80) Treat UNC paths as Intranet connections.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    The notations between brackets are the hexadecimal versions.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    Example, to create a zone that lets you add sites and customize security you      would make "Flags" look like this dword:00000003&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    A simple way to convert hexadecimal and decimal would be to use the Windows      Calculator. Start Calculator (click on the Start menu, All Program, Accessories,      Calculator) and make sure that you are looking at the scientific view by clicking      View, Scientific. In the top left of the window there are four radiobuttons      (Hex, Dec, Oct, Bin). By clicking these the value in the edit box will change      to the equivalent amount.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Save the edited file. And double-click it to import it into the Registry.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;The other settings in the file specify various security settings. You can adjust    them from Internet Options.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="css"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Configuring Security Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are four default settings available:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Local Intranet - Medium-Low&lt;br /&gt;  Trusted sites - Low&lt;br /&gt;  Restricted sites - High&lt;br /&gt;  Internet - Medium&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can change the setting by moving the slider under "Security Level    For This Zone". If you don't see a slider then there are custom settings    active. To make it re-appear click on Default Level. Also note that settings    applied to Trusted sites are more lenient than the ones applied to the Local    Intranet! So, don't put sites in Trusted sites unless you trust them more than    the machines on your own intranet!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I'm not discussing the various individual settings because they change from    version to version. To change the settings for a selected zone, click Custom    Level and fill in your preferences in the dialog box that shows up.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are significant differences between Internet Explorer 5 and Internet    Explorer 6. Settings for cookies have been removed. Internet Explorer 6 has    a new tab (Privacy) where you can adjust your settings for cookies. Also, some    of the settings for security have been tightened. Most settings are retained,    but Java and scripting have been disabled in the Restricted sites, regardless    of the previous settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ActiveX security settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  These are very restrictive by default because of the power of the controls.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Automatic Prompting For ActiveX Controls: Determines whether users are prompted    with the Information Bar before installing an ActiveX Control. If this setting    is disabled the control will be handled as defined by other settings. If enabled    it will show the Information Bar.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;- Binary And Script Behaviors: Restricts binary and script behavior in Restricted    Sites and Local Machine. Binary and script behaviors are compiled HTML components,    Windows Script Components or COM components that are delivered from a website    instead of on the client. The settings are as follows: Enabled allows all behaviors,    Disabled prevents them and Administrator Approved allows behaviors for a list    pre-approved by the System Administrator.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Download Signed ActiveX Controls: Can you download controls which are signed?    This means that you can assume that the control has not been tampered with;    it does not mean the control doesn't have a harmful effect. Internet Explorer    only downloads without a confirmation from sites in your Trusted sites-zone;    consider changing this to Prompt for added security.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Download Unsigned ActiveX Controls: Internet Explorer blocks downloading without    a prompt in all zones but Trusted Sites. If you develop and/or test ActiveX    controls, you might want to change this setting for the Local Intranet. Definitely,    you don't download unsigned controls from outside sources though!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Initialize And Script ActiveX Controls Not Marked As Safe: This determines    whether Internet Explorer allows initialization and/or scripting for controls    that does not have the "Safe for" signature. Unless you're testing    controls there's no need to change this setting.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Run ActiveX Controls And Plug-ins: Internet Explorer allows downloaded ActiveX    controls and plugins to run in all zones but the Restricted Sites. You can change    this option to allow only Administrator-approved controls to run. A Plug-in    is an application to handle Internet content; an example would be Acrobat Reader,    which is used to open .pdf-files from the Internet.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Script ActiveX Controls Marked Safe For Scripting: This enables controls loaded    with the &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tut2" colspan="5"&gt;&lt;param&gt; tag to interact with scripts. Only in Restricted Sites    it is disabled. If you upgrade from Internet Explorer 5 to Internet Explorer    6, this is a setting which is not changed, so you might want to set it like    that in Restricted Sites. &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Download Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  All file and font downloads are enabled by default for all zones but the Restricted    Sites.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Java Security Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  The Microsoft VM section of Security Settings has five options:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Custom&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Disable Java&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;High Safety&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Low Safety&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Medium Safety&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;High Safety corresponds to the Java Sandbox. Medium Safety allows what High    Safety allows plus Access Scratch Space (a place in your file system where the    applet can create temporary files without full use of your system) and perform    user directed file input/output. Low Safety additionally has: perform non user    directed file input/output, execute other applications on your system, create    and use dialog boxes, provide thread group access in the current execution context,    open network connections with other computers, load libraries, make calls to    Windows libraries (dll-files), create popups without the warning that the window    was created by an applet, exit Microsoft VM, read/write in the Registry, print    and create class loaders. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In other words, under Low Safety a Java applet can become just as powerful    as an ActiveX Control. When you take into account that Java asks permission    for applets if the applet cannot do what it wants, you can safely set this to    the High Safety.&lt;br /&gt;  When you choose Custom, a button will appear that you can click to show a dialog    box where you can adjust your own settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Miscellaneous Security Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Access Data Sources Across Domains: This setting determines whether Internet    Explorer will allow a component to access data sources on other domains than    the site it comes from. Because this is potentially hazardous, this is not permitted    in Internet and Restricted Sites zones by default&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;- Allow META REFRESH: A META REFRESH tag redirects you to a different server    after a delay. Usually this is benign, and it's a service to redirect you to    a new site after the website has been moved.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;- Allow Scripting Of Internet Explorer Webbrowser Control: Determines whether    scripts can access the Webbrowser control that renders the content and interface    of Internet Explorer.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Script Initiated Windows Without Size Or Position Constraints: This    controls if a script can create popup windows that are larger than the screen    is. If enabled it is possible to create windows that block out toolbars, Start    menu, taskbar, etc. It is a trick often used to trick the user into installing    malware.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Webpages To Use Restricted Protocols For Active Content: Determines    whether a webpage accessed through a protocol restricted in a security zone    can run active content. To add protocols, use Group Policy.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Display Mixed Content: Internet Explorer prompts for permission to show both    secure and non-secure content on the same page. This can happen when a secure    page is loading an image from a non secure place, or when frames are being used    and one frame is secure while the other is not. The risk is that when you are    in a mixed page you are not aware if you are answering questions on a secure    part of the page or not. If you find the prompt annoying, you can turn it off.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt; Tip:&lt;/strong&gt; to see if a part of the page is secure or not, right-click    and choose Properties. Check the URL; if it begins with https:// it's secure.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Don't Prompt For Client Certificate Selection When No Certificate Or Only    One Certificate Exists: Some secure sites want proof that you are who you say    you are. They request a client certificate, a file that tells the server that    you are indeed you and is signed by a root that is trusted by the server. If    this setting is disabled Internet Explorer will show you a list of certificates    to choose from.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Drag And Drop Or Copy And Paste Files: With this setting enabled (default    in Local Intranet and Trusted Sites), a control or script could move itself    from a zone to a zone with less severe security. If you don't have a full 100%    trust in your Trusted Sites and Local Intranet consider changing this to Prompt.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Installation Of Desktop Items: This is only enabled in the Trusted Sites zone,    and allows you to guard against a security flaw where users could gain unauthorized    privileges on a Windows 2000 or Windows XP machine. See Microsoft Security Bulletin    MS00-020 for more information.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Launching Programs And Files In An IFRAME: IFRAMEs are in-line ,or floating,    frames often used in popups. Security problems involving IFRAMES usually exploit    buffer overflow and/or hostile scripts vulnerabilities. The IFRAME is only enabled    by default in the Trusted Sites zone. See Microsoft Security Bulleting MS99-042    for more information.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Navigate Sub-Frames Across Different Domains: Just as with 'Access Data Sources    Across Domains' it is possible for sites to show content from another site in    a frame. Disable to prevent. By default this is disabled in Restricted Sites.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Open Files Based On Content, Not File Extension: When enabled the MIME type    of the file will be checked to determine which application should be used for    opening the file. If disabled the specified program will be used.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Software Channel Permissions: Three options are available: High Safety, Low    Safety and Medium Safety. High Safety prevents from being notified by e-mail    on software updates, and keeps programs from automatically getting downloaded    and installed. Low Safety does allow this, and Medium Safety gets you the e-mails    and downloads (provided it is digitally signed), but no automatic installation.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Submit Non-Encrypted Form Data: As it says... Disable prevents, Enable permits,    and Prompt prompts.&lt;br /&gt;  - Use Popup Blocker: Well… Use the built-in popup blocker or not.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Userdata Persistence: If enabled, web sites can create XML files on your system    that can store large quantities of information about you. These files ("Supercookies")    are no security threat, since they can only contain what you enter. If you see    this as a circumvention of Internet Explorer 6's support for the Platform for    Privacy Preferences (P3P), disable this setting.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Web Sites In Less Privileged Web Content Zones Can Navigate Into This Zone:    Specifies if Websites running in a security zone with a higher security settings    can change the zone to one with less security. For example, changing from Internet    to Local Intranet.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scripting Security Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Active Scripting: Determines whether scripts are allowed to run on a web page.    Enabled in all but Restricted Sites&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Paste Operations Via Script: A security flaw that allowed scripts to    copy data from the user's clipboard to their website... If you are concerned    about this, disable it. This is only disabled in Restricted Sites.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Scripting Of Java Applets: this sets whether scripts are allowed to interact    with Java applets. Enabled in all but Restricted Sites.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;User Authentication Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  What happens when you have to login to a website. You might think it is convenient    to have you logged in automatically, but don't allow it anywhere but the Local    Intranet and Trusted Sites. A malicious web site can ask for your login credentials    and steal these without you knowing. For more information about this exploit,    see Microsoft Security Bulletin MS01-001.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="gss"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Global Security Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  In addition to the settings for every security zone you can change global settings    on the Advanced tab in Internet Options. These settings apply to every security    zone on the computer. The settings are basic on/off checks. The default values    are also given. Most descriptions are self-explanatory so I only give extra    information if needed.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Active Content From CDs To Run On My Computer (off): Allows active content    to be run automatically from CD without prompting, as would happen with other    active content.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Active Content To Run Files In My Computer (off).&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Allow Software To Run Or Install Even If Signature Is Invalid (off): Running    and installing active content is prevented if the signature is invalid regardless    of the security zone.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Check For Publisher’s Certificate Revocation (on): Checks to see if    a certificate is revoked when you download an ActiveX control.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Check For Server Certificate Revocation (off): Checks the Certificate Revocation    List for the status of the certificate on web sites that use SSL or TLS&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Check For Signatures On Downloaded Programs (on): Checks signatures on downloaded    ActiveX controls.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Do Not Save Encrypted Pages To Disk (off): prevents saving of secure pages    in the Temporary Internet Files folder.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Empty Temporary Internet Files Folder When Browser Is Closed (off): This option    should be enabled on all public computers or computers with high security requirements.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Enable Integrated Windows Authentication (on): Ensures that only NTLM-based    authentication is used to authenticate a user.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Enable Profile Assistant (on): Allows you to use the Profile Assistant to    store and maintain personal information.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Use SSL 2.0 (on), Use SSL 3.0 (on), Use TLS 1.0 (off): Allows the use of these    protocols when creating secure channels.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Warn About Invalid Site Certificates (on): Warns users on secure websites    if the Site’s certificate is invalid.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Warn If Changing Between Secure And Not Secure Methods (off).&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  - Warn If Forms Submittal Is Being Redirected (on): shows a message when the    submitted form is beng redirected to another website or location to retrieve    content.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="ca"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;USING CONTENT ADVISOR&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Because the Internet is uncontrolled, there will be something on it to offend    anyone. This is not just an issue for parents who want to protect their offspring,    it can be an issue for everyone. Internet Explorer handles this through Content    Advisor.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When Content Advisor finds the user going to a restricted page, it will issue    a warning. Users who know the Supervisor password can bypass this and go to    the site anyway.&lt;br /&gt;  Internet Explorer comes with one rating system, RSACi (Recreational Software    Advisory Council). This system is obsolete. It has been supplanted by ICRA (Internet    Content Rating Association, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.icra.org/" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.icra.org&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To install ICRA follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Download the .rat-file (ratings) for ICRA and save it to %SystemRoot%\System32.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click Configuration Panel, Internet Options and click the Content tab.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Under Content Advisor, click Enable. The Content Advisor dialog appears.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; On the General tab click Ratings&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click Add, select icra.rat, click Open and click OK in the Rating systems      dialog.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click Ratings.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    This contains a list of rating systems and categories. The ICRA system has      a large number of categories. Each category has two settings: slider to the      left (do not allow) or to the right (allow). RSACi only has four (language,      nudity, sex and violence) and the settings are in five levels (the higher      the level the more is allowed).&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select categories and set the limits you want.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click OK. If you haven't set up a Supervisor password, you'll see a dialog      box asking for one.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    This password will let you change and override settings.&lt;br /&gt;    Tip: if you lose your password go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ratings      in the Registry Editor and delete the value Key.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;By default Content Advisor blocks unrated pages because it has no way of knowing    what the content is. When you go to an unrated page, you will be presented with    a dialog saying you cannot view the page. You can enter the supervisor password    and say whether this page is allowed or not.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  If you don't want this protection you can change the default behavior. Go to    Internet Options, Content, and click Settings. On the General tab select Users    Can See Sites That Have No Rating.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  You can create your own ratings by setting up a list of sites and specifying    Always or Never on the Approved Sites tab. You can also delete sites from this    list on the tab.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Turning Content Advisor off can be done by clicking the Disable button and specifying    the password.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can also use other programs to filter the content of pages, like &lt;a href="http://www.cyberpatrol.com/"&gt;Cyber    Patrol&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="http://www.cybersitter.com/"&gt;CYBERsitter&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="manax"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;MANAGING ACTIVEX CONTROLS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  ActiveX controls are Windows programs, therefore they are able to do what any    program can do. They are only limited by the permissions of your account. Already    hundreds of them will be on your computer, because ActiveX controls are an important    part of Windows. Apart from installing programs, you can also download these    controls from the Internet when you visit a website.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  To help decide if a download is risky or not, Microsoft employs a digital signing    strategy called Authenticode. On downloading, Internet Explorer checks to see    whether it can download the control or not. If it can't find information on    it, Internet Explorer will ask you if it can be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Note that the signature does not tell you it can be trusted, it only attests    to the integrity and authenticity of the control you are about to download.    In the default security settings for the Internet, Internet Explorer prompts    you for permission to download and blocks unsigned downloads. On the dialog    box you can click the name of the component's publisher to see the certificate    that was used to sign the download. Remember that once the control is downloaded    you cannot see the certificate again, so if you want to see it, that would be    the time. You can import the certificate by clicking Install Certificate.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Once the control is downloaded you can see more about it by going to the General    tab of Internet Options and clicking Settings, View Objects. Alternatively you    can go to %SystemRoot%\Downloaded Program Files .&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Updating ActiveX Controls&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  In the Details view of the Downloaded Program Files folder, you can find several    types of information about a control. The Status column tells you if the control    has been damaged. Creation Date tells when you downloaded it. If the control    has become damaged, or you think you should update it, you can right-click the    control and choose Update from the menu. When updates are available, you'll    be presented with the already familiar Certificate window, and after that the    control will be updated.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Deleting ActiveX Controls&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  How tempting it might be just to hit Delete in the Downloaded Program Files    folder, this will not uninstall the control. It will only get rid of the .ocx/.dll    file, but not the modifications in the Registry. When you get to the site that    installed the control, it might make Internet Explorer crash, because it finds    the control in the Registry and not on disk!&lt;br /&gt;  If you want to delete an ActiveX control, open Add Or Remove Programs in the    Control Panel to see if it can be uninstalled from there. If it cannot, right-click    the control and choose Remove.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ActiveX Control Properties&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Right-clicking a control and choosing Properties reveals more information about    it. The Properties dialog box shows on the General tab if it is a Java applet    or an ActiveX control (Type), where you downloaded the control (CodeBase). Internet    Explorer uses the security zone that the CodeBase belongs to to determine what    the permissions are for the control. Note that the CodeBase might be different    from the website where you downloaded the control. In such a case Internet Explorer    applies the most restrictive of the settings.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  The Version tab allows you to find information about the control's publisher    and the Dependency tab identifies the file(s) used by the component.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Safe For Initialization and Safe For Scripting Flags&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  ActiveX controls can be instantiated with local or remote data. If this data    comes from an untrustworthy source this could cause a breach in the security.    As a way of dealing with these risks, publishers can sign the controls as Safe    For Initialization and/or Safe For Scripting.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  If a control is marked Safe For Initialization, the publisher asserts that the    control will do no harm, regardless of how it was initialized. If a control    is marked Safe For Scripting, the publisher asserts that the control will do    no harm no matter how the properties, methods and events are scripted.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Under default security settings controls without these flags will be blocked    in the Local Intranet, Internet and Restricted Sites zones. In the Trusted Sites    zone you will be prompted to obtain permission.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  If a control is marked safe for scripting, the Registry key for the &lt;clsid&gt;    has the following key:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\&lt;clsid&gt;\Implemented Categories\{7DD95801-9882-11CF-9FA9-00AA006C42C4}&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Likewise safe for initialization is indicated by this key:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\&lt;clsid&gt;\Implemented Categories\{7DD95802-9882-11CF-9FA9-00AA006C42C4}&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Note that these keys do not have any keys or values under them. If you want    to demote the control you just delete the key that indicates it is safe. Do    not delete other parts, just the key marking it as safe!&lt;/clsid&gt;&lt;/clsid&gt;&lt;/clsid&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Permitting Only Administrator Approved ActiveX Controls To Run&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  You can restrict the use of ActiveX controls to a set approved by the Administrator    by using Microsoft Internet Explorer Administration Toolkit (which you can download    at &lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.microsoft.com/windows/ieak/default.mspx" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.microsoft.com/windows/ieak/default.mspx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;)    or with Group Policy.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Start Group Policy by choosing Run... from the Start menu and entering gpedit.msc.    In Group Policy navigate to User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows    Components\Internet Explorer\Administrator Approved Controls. You'll see a list    of controls which you can add to the approved list by double-clicking an entry    and selecting Enabled from the popup window.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;You can add Controls which are not on this list by editing the Registry. Get the CLSID from the Control by right-clicking the Control and choosing Properties. Select and copy the CLSID. Open Registry Editor and navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\AllowedControls. If that key doesn't exist you can create it. Add a DWORD value for the CLSID you want, and set the data to 0. To prohibit the use of that Control set the data to 1.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  To limit Internet Explorer to the use of those Controls configure the Run ActiveX    Controls And Plug-ins setting to Administrator Approved. This is a per-security-zone    setting, so you will have to set it for every zone you want limited.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Inactivating an ActiveX Control&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  If you want to make sure that an ActiveX Control never runs on your system again    copy the CLSID from the Control by going to %SystemRoot%\Downloaded Program    Files, double-clicking the Control to be removed and copying the ID field from    the General tab.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Run Registry Editor and navigate to HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\ActiveX    Compatibility. In this key add a new Key and paste the copied CLSID as name.    If the key already exists, Registry Editor will refuse to add it, so delete    the newly appended key and select the other key. Add a DWORD value named Compatibility    Flags. Double-click that value to edit it and enter the hexadecimal value 400    (or 1024 after selecting decimal). When the value is 0x00000400 the Control    will become inactive. To make it active again, delete the value Compatibility    Flags.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="manjava"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;MANAGING JAVA APPLETS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Just like ActiveX Controls, downloaded Java Applets are located in %SystemRoot%\Downloaded    Program Files, where you can view, update and remove them. Java Applets don't    have unrestricted access to your system because they run in a "sandbox".    In this sandbox an applet can do the following:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Access threads in the current execution context&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open network connections to the applet host so it can download other needed      files&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a popup window with a banner warning the user that it ws created      within a Java Applet.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Access reflection Application Programming Interfaces for classes from the      same loader&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Read base system properties, like Java version, VM vendor and Operating      System.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;For more details about the security of Java Applets see Java Security Settings    in this article.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt; &lt;a name="managing"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;MANAGING SCRIPTS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  A script is embedded in a web page, and is written in VBScript or JScript. Scripts    can also be saved as stand alone files (the extensions used are .vbs for VBScript    and .js for Jscript). With the Windows Scripting Host they can executed as well.    Many viruses are written as scripts, so use a good Anti-Virus program to protect    you from scripted email.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Because scripts normally make use of known exploits and security breaches, keep    up to date with Windows and Internet Explorer patches!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Internet Explorer includes a number of security settings that affect scripting,    see earlier in this article.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can configure the Internet Zone to prompt when a site wants to execute    a script. And create a security zone with sites that you deem trustworthy. After    the site has been proven to be benign, you add it to the newly created security    zone, and it will run as normal.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;As an alternative you can use Jason Levine's Script Sentry (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#0000ff;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.jasons-toolbox.com/scriptsentry.asp" rel="nofollow"&gt;http://www.jasons-toolbox.com/scriptsentry.asp&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;).    Script Sentry allows you to run scripts without interruption, and display alerts    when other scripts want to run.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>How to backup and restore your data using Cobian Backup</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-backup-and-restore-your-data.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 03:34:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-8286546123643091042</guid><description>As many of you know, today's digital world comes with a lot of things that make    our daily life easier. However, as time goes on you rely more and more on the    information stored on your PC. No one is completely safe from power outages,    corrupt hard disks, an infected system through a backdoor    or trojan, or even a fire. To make sure that a computer can easily be restored    to a previous point, software developers created what is called backup software    or imaging software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; There are different methods of creating a backup of your partition or hard drive,    but this tutorial will only focus on one possibility, using a freeware tool    called &lt;a href="http://www.educ.umu.se/%7Ecobian/cobianbackup.htm"&gt;Cobian Backup&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; If you wish to receive a broader overview of the different forms of backing    up data, you can browse this excellent Wikipedia article on &lt;a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup"&gt;backups&lt;/a&gt;    or another one on &lt;a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disk_image"&gt;images&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;!-- Description --&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="install"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Installation of the backup software&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; The first step is to download the software from the &lt;a href="http://www.educ.umu.se/%7Ecobian/cobianbackup.htm"&gt;author's&lt;/a&gt;    page. You will find a download link at the bottom of that site and the current    version of the software is version 8 (Black Moon).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Once the setup file is downloaded you need to double-click it to start the setup    process.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the first window you will be asked what language you want the tool to      be installed in. English language is pre selected, but there is a wide range      of choices to choose from.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Next you will be shown a window containing the License Agreement. You need      to accept the agreement by putting a check mark in the box next to &lt;strong&gt;I      accept the conditions&lt;/strong&gt;. The button &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; will not be grayed      out anymore. Click the &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; button to proceed&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The next window will prompt you for the path where Cobian Backup should      be installed. It should be preset to &lt;b&gt;C:\Program Files\Cobian Backup 8&lt;/b&gt;.      Click on the &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; You will now see a screen asking for the &lt;b&gt;Installation type&lt;/b&gt;. At this      screen select the &lt;b&gt;As an application (No autostart) &lt;/b&gt;radio button and      press the &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt; button. This way the backup software is not      started every time you boot Windows. If you wish to have it start every time      do not change any of the defaults. When ready to proceed click on &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;      button.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; The program will now install. When it has completed installing click on      the &lt;strong&gt;Done&lt;/strong&gt; button to finish the installation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt; At this point you have successfully installed Cobian Backup. A small black    half moon should now be showing in your taskbar at the bottom right of your    screen near your time. This taskbar icon will look like this: &lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/cmoon.png" alt="black half moon" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that the program has been installed, lets move on to learning how to use    it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;a name="using"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Using "Cobian Backup" to backup and restore    your data&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; To open Cobian Backup, you go to the black half moon icon located on your    taskbar and right-click the icon. Then left-click on the &lt;strong&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;    option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Before we can backup our data, it is a good idea to check the &lt;b&gt;options&lt;/b&gt;.    To do that, please click on the &lt;strong&gt;Tools &lt;/strong&gt;menu and then select    &lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The program is pretty much pre-configured, but if you don't want empty folders    in your backups, you can select the &lt;strong&gt;Engine&lt;/strong&gt; category on the    left-hand-side menu and then from there put a check mark next to &lt;b&gt;Delete empty    folders&lt;/b&gt;. When done press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button to exit the Options    screen. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt; We now need to create a new task to start the backup. To do this,    you just need to click the clipboard icon which looks like this : &lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/ctask.png" alt="create_task" /&gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; A window will now appear containing the general properties for your backup job.    There are a couple of settings that should be configured. First you have to    give your backup an easily identifiable name and enter it in the &lt;strong&gt;Task    name&lt;/strong&gt; field as shown in Figure 1 below. There is no right way in naming    such files. Just use what best suites your needs and what is easiest to remember.    In our example we will call it &lt;strong&gt;Backup 1&lt;/strong&gt; so we enter it into    the &lt;strong&gt;Task name&lt;/strong&gt; field.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;center&gt;   &lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/properties.png" alt="properties" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Figure 1. Backup Task Properties&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/center&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The area surrounded by the red rectangle defines what kind of backup you wish    to make. Now you can see there is four different possibilities:  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="3"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;      &lt;td&gt;        &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Backup Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;        &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width="20%"&gt;&lt;b&gt;FULL&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This means that Cobian will copy or compress every single file that you        specify to backup in the &lt;strong&gt;Source&lt;/strong&gt; section of the &lt;strong&gt;Files&lt;/strong&gt;        category. By default this type of backup will create backup folders containing        the time stamp of when the backup ran. This is also the setting used to        create the first backup regardless of which Backup type you choose.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;b&gt;INCREMENTAL&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This is the feature you will most likely be using after creating your        first backup instance. It checks if the source has changed from the last        backup and only will backup those files that are new or have changed since        the last backup. This saves a lot of time and space on your PC or the medium        you will store your backup upon. &lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td width=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;DIFFERENTIAL&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width=""&gt;This setting works in the same way as incremental but instead compares        the files from the last Full backup. If the current files are different        compared to the last Full backup it will back them up. &lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DUMMY&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt; This setting does not actually back up any files but can be used to schedule        the execution of programs, close services, reboot the computer, etc&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;For now, until you become more familiar with the program, we suggest    you select the &lt;strong&gt;Incremental&lt;/strong&gt; setting.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;While still in the properties window click on the &lt;strong&gt;Archive&lt;/strong&gt;    option, as shown in Figure 2 below, which is located in the left-hand-side menu.    This lets us set how we would like the backups archived.    We have two options to choose, SQX or Zip. SQX provides better compression,    thus saving storage space on your computer, but I still suggest Zip compression    so that you can extract the files from a backup more easily. This is because    most compression tools support ZIP compression and the latest versions of Windows    (XP, 2003, Vista) have zip manipulation tools built into the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; When you chose to compress or encrypt your backup,    you should always watch for this setting to be activated on your next backup    session! &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;center&gt;     &lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 437px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/compression.png" alt="compression" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;strong&gt;Figure 2: Backup Job Archive Settings &lt;/strong&gt;    &lt;/center&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; It is also possible to enter a comment, to protect your backup with a password,    or to &lt;a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encryption"&gt;encrypt&lt;/a&gt; your backup.    Each of these options are illustrated in Figure 2 above. To finish off our preparation, we need to select a &lt;b&gt;source&lt;/b&gt; and a &lt;strong&gt;destination&lt;/strong&gt;.  The source is the files, directories, ftp site, etc that we want to backup. The  destination is where the backup will be created. To start, lets choose the data  we want to backup by clicking the &lt;b&gt;Files&lt;/b&gt; option  on the left-hand-side  menu. This will present you with a screen similar to Figure 3 below:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;   &lt;img style="width: 531px; height: 438px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/getsource.png" alt="get source" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Figure 3. Select the data you want to backup.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/center&gt;  &lt;p&gt; To add data to be backed up you need to click on the &lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;    button under the &lt;strong&gt;Source&lt;/strong&gt; window. This will present you with    4 options. These options are described below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;table width="75%" align="center" border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="3"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;      &lt;td width="20%"&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Source Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td width="80%"&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;Files&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This will allow you to select individual files that you would like to        backup. &lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;Directory&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This will allow you to select directories that you would like to backup.        If you add a directory as your source then all files and subdirectories        underneath that directory will be backed up.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;FTP Site&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This will allow you to backup files stored on a remote FTP site. If you        select this option you will need to enter your FTP site login information        in order for the program to access the files.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt;   &lt;tr&gt;      &lt;td&gt;Manually&lt;/td&gt;     &lt;td&gt;This will allow you to type out the path to the files or directories you        would like to backup.&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In our example, we will manually select the directory we want to backup by    clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; button under Source and then selecting    &lt;strong&gt;Manually&lt;/strong&gt;. At the window that pops up we type &lt;strong&gt;C:\&lt;/strong&gt;    and press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button. You should now see the C:\ folder    in your Source window. This job will now backup up everything on the C: drive.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next we need to specify where to create the backup file. In our example we    want to store the backups in our &lt;strong&gt;G:\&lt;/strong&gt; folder. So I click on    the &lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; button under the Destination window and then click    on &lt;strong&gt;Manually&lt;/strong&gt;. I then type in &lt;strong&gt;G:\&lt;/strong&gt; and press    the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button. Once I click on the OK button, if the directory    does not exist, it will be created.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;Once we have selected all our settings for our backup job, we then press the    &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button at the bottom of the properties window. This will    bring us back to the main Cobian Backup screen and you will now see our new    backup job listed on the left hand side of the screen as shown in Figure 4 below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span name="intelliTxt" id="intelliTxt"&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;img src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/cobian/start.png" alt="start backup" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Figure 4: Backup Job Created&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The above image shows the newly created task and the play-like button. You are    now only one click away from starting your backup. To start it, you just need    to click once on the backup job and then press the Play button as shown in Figure    4 above. Once you press &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; a confirmation box will pop up asking    if you would like to run the selected task. You also have the option of shutting    down your computer when the backup job is completed. If you want to shutdown    the computer put a check in this box. When you are ready to start the backup    simply press the &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; button. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Your backup will now start, and when completed, the backup will    appear in the G:\ folder.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;   &lt;a name="conc"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Conclusion&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; As you have seen in this tutorial, backing up your data can be done free of    charge and in with little of your time. Having these backups on hand can save    you a lot of trouble and stress when having power problems, infected machines,    corrupt hard drives , or just when you need to reinstall the operating system.    At the top of the page you will also find a companion video that summarizes    the steps taken in this tutorial.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Replace the Windows Notepad with a Better Notepad</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/replace-windows-notepad-with-better.html</link><category>Tutorials</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 03:27:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-6443094261158713428</guid><description>&lt;p align="left"&gt;I am a notepad addict. If you look at my taskbar at any      time and you will see at least 5 notepads, usually a lot more running at one      time. Why? Because it is fast and small I use it to keep notes, to do lists,      phone numbers, write code, search and replace, etc. The reasons are endless....&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;p align="left"&gt;What are some of the things I do not like about Windows Notepad:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;      &lt;div align="left"&gt;Does not handle large text files well.&lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Does not show line numbers next to each line&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Does not support advanced search and replace features.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Does not open text files from other platforms in a readable manner.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can't change the background or foreground colors.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;No good indent support&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;So what are our options? Replace it with a freeware notepad replacement.    &lt;!-- Description --&gt;   For this tutorial we will focus on &lt;a href="http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html"&gt;Notepad2&lt;/a&gt;.    Notepad2 is a freeware replacement to notepad with the following features:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Customizable syntax highlighting&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; HTML, XML, CSS, JavaScript, VBScript, ASP, PHP, CSS, Perl/CGI, C/C++, C#,      Java, VB, Pascal, Assembler, SQL, Python, NSIS, INI, REG, INF, BAT, DIFF&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Drag &amp;amp; drop text editing inside and outside Notepad2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Basic regular expression search and replace&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Useful word, line and block editing shortcuts&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Rectangular selection (Alt+Mouse)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Brace matching, auto indent, long line marker, zoom functions&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Support for Unicode, UTF-8, Unix and Mac text files&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Open shell links &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mostly adjustable&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 364px;" src="http://img.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/noterepl/notepad2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;Notepad2 notepad replacement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Providing a seamless replacement of notepad can be difficult, though, due to    Windows XP's and Windows 2000/2003's Windows System File Protection (SFP) security    feature. What this means is that when you replace a Windows system file with    another file, SFP will automatically replace it with the original. I have though,    provided some information below that should make it easier to do this replacement.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="notepad2"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Replacing Notepad with Notepad2&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  The goal here is to make working with Notepad2 seem like you are working with    the original Notepad by actually replacing notepad.exe with the notepad2 executable.    To do this we will rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe and copy it to the proper    locations so as to overcome SFP as described above. Before we do anything, please    enable the viewing of hidden system files.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now we need to download Notepad2 from the following link:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html"&gt;http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Save it to your hard drive and extract the files to &lt;strong&gt;C:\Notepad&lt;/strong&gt;.    Once extracted, rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe. Now you should have a folder    called C:\Notepad that contains the file notepad.exe.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you have have followed the steps above you need to do the next series    of steps. These steps should be done fairly quickly in order to beat SFP at    its game. If you go too slow, then SFP may replace notepad.exe with the original    Windows notepad. For those who do not want to deal with the instructions below,    I have created two batch files that will do all these steps for you and almost    always gets past the SFP problem. These batch files can be downloaded from the    following link depending on your operating systems:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://download.bleepingcomputer.com/bats/xprepl.bat"&gt;Notepad Replacement    for XP&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://download.bleepingcomputer.com/bats/ntrepl.bat"&gt;Notepad Replacement    for 2000&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;As long as you have notepad2.exe saved as C:\Notepad\notepad.exe, then the    batch files above should be able to perform the replacement for you. After running    the batch file you may get an alert from Windows saying one of your files (notepad.exe)    was replaced with another file and asking if you want to restore it. You should    press the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; button and the &lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; button    so that it does not replace the file. When done, feel free to delete your C:\notepad    folder and hide your files again.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If instead you would like to do this manually, then below are the manual steps    that the batch files does for you. These steps should be done in this exact    order and as fast as possible to bypass SFP:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Make backup copies of notepad.exe in the following directories (Not necessary      but good in case you want to roll back to the original notepad):&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; C:\Windows\System32\notepad.exe&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; C:\Windows\notepad.exe&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;C:\Windows\system32\dllcache\notepad.exe&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; C:\WINDOWS\ServicePackFiles\i386\notepad.exe&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; C:\Windows\System32\dllcache\notepad.exe&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Copy C:\Notepad\notepad.exe to all the directories listed above overwriting      the notepad.exe that is there.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If Windows will issue an alert stating that the new notepad.exe is not the      correct one and if you would like to correct. Press &lt;strong&gt;cancel&lt;/strong&gt;      at this prompt and then press &lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; as we want to keep the      new notepad replacement.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Delete the C:\notepad folder.&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Hide your files again.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;If these steps did not work, then you should examine the problems section below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a name="prob"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Problems replacing notepad&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  The above approach may not always work if you have the installation files for    Windows XP/2000 available to System File Protection as SFP may use those files    to replace notepad as well. If you are running into problems because of this    you can check the following registry paths to determine where the OS Source    and Service Pack sources files are located. Once you determine that, you can    rename those folder temporarily and then do the above procedure again. The registry    locations for getting this information are:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;table width="75%" border="0"&gt;   &lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;     &lt;td bgcolor="#cccccc"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\Installation        Sources&lt;br /&gt;      HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\ServicePackSourcePath&lt;br /&gt;      HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\SourcePath&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/td&gt;   &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;a name="other"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Other Notepad replacements&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If Notepad2 does not turn out to be a notepad replacement that works for you,    you can check out the following other free notepad replacements:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://notepad-plus.sourceforge.net/uk/site.htm"&gt;Notead++&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.bdvnotepad.com/bdvnotepad_en.htm"&gt;BDV Notepad&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.liquidninja.com/metapad/"&gt;Metapad&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.pspad.com/"&gt;PSPad&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;A great article with comparisons on the different text editors available can    also be found here:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_text_editors"&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_text_editors&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><enclosure length="1126" type="application/octet-stream" url="http://download.bleepingcomputer.com/bats/xprepl.bat"/><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>I am a notepad addict. If you look at my taskbar at any time and you will see at least 5 notepads, usually a lot more running at one time. Why? Because it is fast and small I use it to keep notes, to do lists, phone numbers, write code, search and replace, etc. The reasons are endless.... What are some of the things I do not like about Windows Notepad: Does not handle large text files well. Does not show line numbers next to each lineDoes not support advanced search and replace features.Does not open text files from other platforms in a readable manner.Can't change the background or foreground colors.No good indent support So what are our options? Replace it with a freeware notepad replacement. For this tutorial we will focus on Notepad2. Notepad2 is a freeware replacement to notepad with the following features: Customizable syntax highlighting HTML, XML, CSS, JavaScript, VBScript, ASP, PHP, CSS, Perl/CGI, C/C++, C#, Java, VB, Pascal, Assembler, SQL, Python, NSIS, INI, REG, INF, BAT, DIFF Drag &amp;amp; drop text editing inside and outside Notepad2 Basic regular expression search and replace Useful word, line and block editing shortcuts Rectangular selection (Alt+Mouse) Brace matching, auto indent, long line marker, zoom functions Support for Unicode, UTF-8, Unix and Mac text files Open shell links Mostly adjustable Notepad2 notepad replacement Providing a seamless replacement of notepad can be difficult, though, due to Windows XP's and Windows 2000/2003's Windows System File Protection (SFP) security feature. What this means is that when you replace a Windows system file with another file, SFP will automatically replace it with the original. I have though, provided some information below that should make it easier to do this replacement. Replacing Notepad with Notepad2 The goal here is to make working with Notepad2 seem like you are working with the original Notepad by actually replacing notepad.exe with the notepad2 executable. To do this we will rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe and copy it to the proper locations so as to overcome SFP as described above. Before we do anything, please enable the viewing of hidden system files. Now we need to download Notepad2 from the following link: http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html Save it to your hard drive and extract the files to C:\Notepad. Once extracted, rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe. Now you should have a folder called C:\Notepad that contains the file notepad.exe. When you have have followed the steps above you need to do the next series of steps. These steps should be done fairly quickly in order to beat SFP at its game. If you go too slow, then SFP may replace notepad.exe with the original Windows notepad. For those who do not want to deal with the instructions below, I have created two batch files that will do all these steps for you and almost always gets past the SFP problem. These batch files can be downloaded from the following link depending on your operating systems: Notepad Replacement for XP Notepad Replacement for 2000 As long as you have notepad2.exe saved as C:\Notepad\notepad.exe, then the batch files above should be able to perform the replacement for you. After running the batch file you may get an alert from Windows saying one of your files (notepad.exe) was replaced with another file and asking if you want to restore it. You should press the Cancel button and the Yes button so that it does not replace the file. When done, feel free to delete your C:\notepad folder and hide your files again. If instead you would like to do this manually, then below are the manual steps that the batch files does for you. These steps should be done in this exact order and as fast as possible to bypass SFP: Make backup copies of notepad.exe in the following directories (Not necessary but good in case you want to roll back to the original notepad): C:\Windows\System32\notepad.exe C:\Windows\notepad.exe C:\Windows\system32\dllcache\notepad.exe C:\WINDOWS\ServicePackFiles\i386\notepad.exe C:\Windows\System32\dllcache\notepad.exe Copy C:\Notepad\notepad.exe to all the directories listed above overwriting the notepad.exe that is there. If Windows will issue an alert stating that the new notepad.exe is not the correct one and if you would like to correct. Press cancel at this prompt and then press Yes as we want to keep the new notepad replacement. Delete the C:\notepad folder. Hide your files again. If these steps did not work, then you should examine the problems section below. Problems replacing notepad The above approach may not always work if you have the installation files for Windows XP/2000 available to System File Protection as SFP may use those files to replace notepad as well. If you are running into problems because of this you can check the following registry paths to determine where the OS Source and Service Pack sources files are located. Once you determine that, you can rename those folder temporarily and then do the above procedure again. The registry locations for getting this information are: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\Installation Sources HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\ServicePackSourcePath HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\SourcePath Other Notepad replacements If Notepad2 does not turn out to be a notepad replacement that works for you, you can check out the following other free notepad replacements: Notead++BDV NotepadMetapadPSPad A great article with comparisons on the different text editors available can also be found here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_text_editors</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</itunes:author><itunes:summary>I am a notepad addict. If you look at my taskbar at any time and you will see at least 5 notepads, usually a lot more running at one time. Why? Because it is fast and small I use it to keep notes, to do lists, phone numbers, write code, search and replace, etc. The reasons are endless.... What are some of the things I do not like about Windows Notepad: Does not handle large text files well. Does not show line numbers next to each lineDoes not support advanced search and replace features.Does not open text files from other platforms in a readable manner.Can't change the background or foreground colors.No good indent support So what are our options? Replace it with a freeware notepad replacement. For this tutorial we will focus on Notepad2. Notepad2 is a freeware replacement to notepad with the following features: Customizable syntax highlighting HTML, XML, CSS, JavaScript, VBScript, ASP, PHP, CSS, Perl/CGI, C/C++, C#, Java, VB, Pascal, Assembler, SQL, Python, NSIS, INI, REG, INF, BAT, DIFF Drag &amp;amp; drop text editing inside and outside Notepad2 Basic regular expression search and replace Useful word, line and block editing shortcuts Rectangular selection (Alt+Mouse) Brace matching, auto indent, long line marker, zoom functions Support for Unicode, UTF-8, Unix and Mac text files Open shell links Mostly adjustable Notepad2 notepad replacement Providing a seamless replacement of notepad can be difficult, though, due to Windows XP's and Windows 2000/2003's Windows System File Protection (SFP) security feature. What this means is that when you replace a Windows system file with another file, SFP will automatically replace it with the original. I have though, provided some information below that should make it easier to do this replacement. Replacing Notepad with Notepad2 The goal here is to make working with Notepad2 seem like you are working with the original Notepad by actually replacing notepad.exe with the notepad2 executable. To do this we will rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe and copy it to the proper locations so as to overcome SFP as described above. Before we do anything, please enable the viewing of hidden system files. Now we need to download Notepad2 from the following link: http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html Save it to your hard drive and extract the files to C:\Notepad. Once extracted, rename notepad2.exe to notepad.exe. Now you should have a folder called C:\Notepad that contains the file notepad.exe. When you have have followed the steps above you need to do the next series of steps. These steps should be done fairly quickly in order to beat SFP at its game. If you go too slow, then SFP may replace notepad.exe with the original Windows notepad. For those who do not want to deal with the instructions below, I have created two batch files that will do all these steps for you and almost always gets past the SFP problem. These batch files can be downloaded from the following link depending on your operating systems: Notepad Replacement for XP Notepad Replacement for 2000 As long as you have notepad2.exe saved as C:\Notepad\notepad.exe, then the batch files above should be able to perform the replacement for you. After running the batch file you may get an alert from Windows saying one of your files (notepad.exe) was replaced with another file and asking if you want to restore it. You should press the Cancel button and the Yes button so that it does not replace the file. When done, feel free to delete your C:\notepad folder and hide your files again. If instead you would like to do this manually, then below are the manual steps that the batch files does for you. These steps should be done in this exact order and as fast as possible to bypass SFP: Make backup copies of notepad.exe in the following directories (Not necessary but good in case you want to roll back to the original notepad): C:\Windows\System32\notepad.exe C:\Windows\notepad.exe C:\Windows\system32\dllcache\notepad.exe C:\WINDOWS\ServicePackFiles\i386\notepad.exe C:\Windows\System32\dllcache\notepad.exe Copy C:\Notepad\notepad.exe to all the directories listed above overwriting the notepad.exe that is there. If Windows will issue an alert stating that the new notepad.exe is not the correct one and if you would like to correct. Press cancel at this prompt and then press Yes as we want to keep the new notepad replacement. Delete the C:\notepad folder. Hide your files again. If these steps did not work, then you should examine the problems section below. Problems replacing notepad The above approach may not always work if you have the installation files for Windows XP/2000 available to System File Protection as SFP may use those files to replace notepad as well. If you are running into problems because of this you can check the following registry paths to determine where the OS Source and Service Pack sources files are located. Once you determine that, you can rename those folder temporarily and then do the above procedure again. The registry locations for getting this information are: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\Installation Sources HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\ServicePackSourcePath HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Setup\\SourcePath Other Notepad replacements If Notepad2 does not turn out to be a notepad replacement that works for you, you can check out the following other free notepad replacements: Notead++BDV NotepadMetapadPSPad A great article with comparisons on the different text editors available can also be found here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_text_editors</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>Tutorials</itunes:keywords></item><item><title>Printers TechNotes - Laser Printers</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/printers-technotes-laser-printers.html</link><category>Printers</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2009 09:46:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-4602861028724508229</guid><description>Laser printers use an electro-photographic process to print one page at a time using a plastic powder (toner) instead of ink.&lt;br /&gt;Laser printers are nonimpact devices, hence they make less noise compared to dot matrix printers and generally faster than dot matrix or inkjet printers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Print resolution is measured in DPI (dots per inch) which ranges from 300 to 1200 DPI. Many modern laser printers are able to use a technology called Resolution Enhancement Technology to increase the maximum effective resolution to even more. Be aware that the higher the resolution or RET settings the higher the amount of physical RAM the printer will need.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Laser printer output is controlled by page description languages (PDLs: the Printer Control Language or PostScript.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How does a laser printer work?&lt;br /&gt;1. Photosensitive drum is cleaned (by an Erase lamp, and scraper)&lt;br /&gt;2. Photosensitive drum is negatively charged (by the Primary Corona)&lt;br /&gt;3. Image is written on the drum by positively charging the places where the toner should be placed (by Laser)&lt;br /&gt;4. Toner with a negative charge is placed on the drum.&lt;br /&gt;5. Toner is transferred to the paper. (The Transfer Corona positively charged the paper.)&lt;br /&gt;6. The toner is melted onto the paper by the fuser (a heat and a pressure roll.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Font Cartridges&lt;br /&gt;Font Cartridges provide fonts on ROM boards and can be placed in many laser printers. Fonts can often also be 'downloaded' to RAM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting Laser Printers&lt;br /&gt;Symptom/Problem  Possible cause(s)  Possible solution(s)&lt;br /&gt;Print results are too light, white/light columns.  Toner is low.&lt;br /&gt;Defective transfer corona.  Replace toner cartridge / fill toner reservoir.&lt;br /&gt;Ghosting  Drum is not fully discharged, erase lamp not functioning, previous image used too much toner.  1. Print couple of black pages&lt;br /&gt;2. Replace cartridge&lt;br /&gt;3. Call a trained service technician to replace Erase lamp.&lt;br /&gt;Memory overflow error  Image size too large.  1. Reduce the print resolution and/or Resolution enhancements technology.&lt;br /&gt;2. Add more RAM to the printer.&lt;br /&gt;Prints totally black pages.  Damaged primary corona  Call a trained service technician to replace the primary corona.&lt;br /&gt;Pages are dirty with toner.  Dirty fuser.&lt;br /&gt;Leaking cartridge.&lt;br /&gt;Paper Transport component is dirty.&lt;br /&gt; 1. Print a couple of blank pages.&lt;br /&gt;2. Clean/vacuum the printer.&lt;br /&gt;Multiple pages are pulled in at a time.  Wrong paper type.&lt;br /&gt;Defective Paper transport.  Try thicker paper and make sure it is clean/dry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Miscellaneous notes:&lt;br /&gt;- Do not connect a laser printer to an UPS, laser printers consume a lot of power so your UPS will be empty in no time.&lt;br /&gt;- Always be careful when servicing a laser printer, you don't want your tie to get stuck in the fuser pulling you in... it's hot! ;)&lt;br /&gt;- Some laser printer can be expanded with a duplexing paper tray that enables printing on both sides of pages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;INKJET PRINTERS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Characteristics of inkjet printers&lt;br /&gt;Inkjet printers come in many different types and sizes they are mostly used as desktop printers and most of them are able to print in color.&lt;br /&gt;Inkjet printers are generally cheaper to buy than laser printers, however they are more expensive to maintain. Cartridges need to be changed more frequently and special paper may be needed to produce a good quality image. Inkjet printers are non-impact devices hence are quieter than dot matrix printers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most inkjet printers work by spraying small ink onto paper through tiny nozzles. Spraying is initiated by heating the ink to create a bubble until the pressure forces it to burst and hit the paper. Then the nozzle gate is closed again and the process repeats. This occurs a thousands of times per second.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most inkjet printers come with advanced tools that allow you to clean the nozzles (takes a lot of ink) and align new ink cartridges. Inkjet printers commonly provide a print resolution ranging from 300 to 1200 DPI.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting Inkjet Printers&lt;br /&gt;Symptom/Problem  Possible cause(s)  Possible solution(s)&lt;br /&gt;Print results are too light.  Ink level in cartridge too low.  Replace ink cartridge.&lt;br /&gt;Print results are smudged.  Paper not fit for inkjet ink.  Try using other paper.&lt;br /&gt;Printer does not print.  1. Printer is offline.&lt;br /&gt;2. Printer is out of paper.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; 1. Turn printer online.&lt;br /&gt;2. Add paper.&lt;br /&gt;Paper gets stuck or does not advance.  Damaged paper feed mechanism or just wrong type of paper.  1. Try using other paper.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DOT MATRIX PRINTERS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Characteristics of dot matrix printers&lt;br /&gt;Although the inkjet printer replaced most dot matrix printers many companies still own a couple of them to print (mostly characters) on continues forms. Dot matrix printers are impact printers, they create images by striking an inked ribbon onto an paper using pins and make more noise than laser and inkjet printers. The pins are placed on the print head mostly in an array of 9 or 24 pins. Needless to say, the resolution is measured in dots per inch, the higher the amount of pins the higher the resolution. Paper is mostly feeded using tractor wheels although some dot matrix printers use a plain sheet feeder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Print speeds, specified in characters per second (cps), varies from about 50 to over 500cps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting Dot Matrix Printers&lt;br /&gt;Symptom/Problem  Possible cause(s)  Possible solution(s)&lt;br /&gt;Print results are too light.  Ribbon cartridge is out of ink. (dry)  Replace ink ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;Error-led flashes.  Printer overload.  Leave it for a while and remove all print jobs. Try printing in smaller portions.&lt;br /&gt;Printer does not print.  1. Printer is offline.&lt;br /&gt;2. Printer is out of paper.&lt;br /&gt;3. Printer is not connected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; 1. Turn printer online.&lt;br /&gt;2. Add paper.&lt;br /&gt;3. Check cable connections.&lt;br /&gt;Paper does not advance.  Paper is not properly placed or paper-feed mechanism is broken.  Make sure the paper is aligned and the tractor wheels are in place.&lt;br /&gt;Characters are incomplete.  Pins are stuck or broken.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Replace the print head&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PRINTER CONNECTIONS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel (LPT, IEEE 1284)&lt;br /&gt;This is the most common used connection today.&lt;br /&gt;-EPP / ECP&lt;br /&gt;In the CMOS you are able to configure a parallel port to use EPP or ECP. Enhanced Parallel Port and Extended Parallel Port are both bi-directional standards, operate in 8-bit, and allow data transfer speed of approximately 2 MB/s. Some of the main differences are that ECP supports Direct Memory Access (DMA) and data compression, which enables higher transfer rates.&lt;br /&gt;Serial&lt;br /&gt;Some older printers can be connected to a Serial port (COM port).&lt;br /&gt;USB&lt;br /&gt;Many modern printers (especially desktop printers) use an USB connection. USB printers often can be connected and installed without having to reboot.&lt;br /&gt;Infrared&lt;br /&gt;Often used in combination with portable computers.&lt;br /&gt;Network&lt;br /&gt;Most printers in offices are network printers. These are attached to a Print Server (or a module simulating one) and are available to anyone with appropriate permissions in the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Current Printer related exam objectives for the 2002 A+ Core exam:&lt;br /&gt;4.4 Identify the purpose of CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor), what it contains and how to change its basic parameters.&lt;br /&gt;Example Basic CMOS Settings:&lt;br /&gt;- Printer parallel port—Uni., bi-directional, disable/enable, ECP, EPP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain 5.0 Printers&lt;br /&gt;This domain requires knowledge of basic types of printers, basic concepts, and printer components, how they work, how they print onto a page, paper path, care and service techniques, and common problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.1 Identify basic concepts, printer operations and printer components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Content may include the following:&lt;br /&gt;Paper feeder mechanisms&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Types of Printers&lt;br /&gt;- Laser&lt;br /&gt;- Inkjet&lt;br /&gt;- Dot Matrix&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Types of printer connections and configurations&lt;br /&gt;- Parallel&lt;br /&gt;- Network&lt;br /&gt;- USB&lt;br /&gt;- Infrared&lt;br /&gt;- Serial&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.2 Identify care and service techniques and common problems with primary printer types.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Content may include the following:&lt;br /&gt;- Feed and output&lt;br /&gt;- Errors (printed or displayed)&lt;br /&gt;- Paper jam&lt;br /&gt;- Print quality&lt;br /&gt;- Safety precautions&lt;br /&gt;- Preventive maintenance</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item><item><title>Printers and Scanners - Printer Overview</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/printers-and-scanners-printer-overview.html</link><category>Printers</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2009 09:07:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-8311726840339172909</guid><description>&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;In this section, you will probably learn more about printers than you ever wanted to. There are several different types of printers and you will need to know their print processes and common issues. First we'll take a look at the common connection types and then dive into the various different types of printers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a name="connections"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Connections:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Very old printers utilized a RS-232 connection that was either a 9 or 25 pin serial port and cable. The cable should be less than 50 feet long (15.25 meters). These connections required that the port be configured with parity type, speed, protocol and character frame.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This connection type was eventually replaced with a higher speed parallel connection which have recently become obselete. Parallel connections utilize a DB-25 port on the computer to connect to the printer. The newest parallel ports were Extended Capability Ports (ECP) which offered increased performance over previous parallel standards. Both the computer's parallel port and the peripheral's port had to support ECP in order to take advantage of the higher speeds. Parallel cables are limited to less than 10 feet (3 meters) in length.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most current printers use USB, firewire, or ethernet (RJ-45) network connections. More expensive models are available that offer WI-Fi or Bluetooth connections. USB and Firewire connected printers can be shared over a network, however, the host computer that it is connected to must be left on in order for others to print to the printer. This is an advantage of the newer network printers which do not have this limitation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a name="matrix"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Dot Matrix:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/dot_matrix.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;Dot Matrix printers for home use are nearly obselete having been replaced with faster, higher quality varieties, however, you may still come across them at some businesses. In fact, most cash registers use a dot matrix printer for printing out receipts. Dot Matrix printers use an impact printing process whereby a matrix of pins imprint an image on a ribbon. The ink from this ribbon is transplanted to the paper. Very old dot matrix printers used a pin feeding system that used paper with a series of holes along the sides of the paper (see image to the right). After printing the perforated edges with the holes are torn off. Newer models of dot matrix printers typically use a friction feed (rollers) mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Smudges can be caused by the ribbon tension being too high.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Broken printhead pins can cause incomplete or missing characters.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;If the tops of characters are missing, the printhead is misaligned with the platen and needs to be reseated or the printhead carriage may need to be adjusted.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;If the print gets lighter on the page from left to right, the printhead distance from the plate is uneven and will need to be adjusted.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;a name="thermal"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Thermal Wax:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/thermal_wax.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;These are not a very common printer type, however, you will run across them in use for specialty applications. Thermal wax printers use a roll of cellophane like film that is made up of colored wax panels. These panels are either cyan, magenta, and yellow (CMY) or cyan, magenta, yellow, and black (CMYK). This film is rolled past a printhead containing thousands of heated elements that burn the wax from the film onto the paper. When the roll is all used up, simply replace it with a new one. These printers are very slow because the ribbon prints each color separately so it takes 3 or 4 (depending on the roll type) panels to pass a page to complete it. These printers typically print 300 dpi at about 1 ppm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a name="dyesub"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Dye-Sublimation:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/dyesub.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;The print process is very similar to the thermal wax printers, however, there are a couple of differences. Dye-sublimation printers use film that contains dye rather than wax and must be used with specially coated paper. Second, dye-sub printers do not melt wax from the ribbon to the paper; the printhead turns the dye into gas which then solidifies on the paper. Most importantly, they offer extremely high quality due to their continuous tone printing. Continuous tone refers to the fact that the dots put down by the printer can vary in size and intensity depending on the heat output by each element on the printhead. This is in contrast to the use of a dithering process like other print processes. For this reason, dye-sub printers can produce photographic quality output and are used for desktop publishing, medical imaging, and other high-end applications. The image to the right shows an example of a large poster-size dye-sub printer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a name="inkjet"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Ink Jet:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/inkjet.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;Ink jet printers are the most common types of printers for home use because of their good quality and affordable price. The image to the right shows the printhead of an ink jet printer. This particular one has an extra black cartridge, however, most have CMYK cartridges. Each of these cartridges contains liquid ink that is sprayed onto the paper through very tiny nozzles in the printhead. The printhead makes a pass across the width of the page printing a strip. Then the paper is fed a little and the printhead passes back across the page printing another strip. This process continues until the whole page is printed. Ink jets can print 2400+ dpi at 24+ ppm which is a big part of their attraction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting:  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Occasionally, the nozzles on the printhead can become clogged. Most printers have a software program built into the driver that will tell the printer to do a printhead cleaning. In some cases this can/must be activated from the front panel of the printer. Do not run this process unless necessary as it uses a lot of ink. If the printer has a bin for collecting the excess ink from the cleaning process, make sure you empty it.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;If the output is disfigured or wavy, make sure that the paper thickness level is in the correct position, if applicable. If it is, then the paper feed rollers probably need to be replaced.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;   &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;a name="solidink"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Solid Ink:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/solidink.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;Solid Ink printers were invented by Tektronix which is now owned by Xerox. Solid ink printers are very fast and offer vibrant colors because of the inks that they use, and a printing process that produces continuous tone output. These printers use solid blocks of wax ink that are melted down into the printhead that sprays the ink onto a drum. The paper is then rolled over the drum which transfers the ink to the paper. These printers are pretty expensive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Troubleshooting:  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Clogged jets - The most common problem with solid ink printer also occurs on ink jets. Occasionally some of the jets on the printhead get clogged. To remedy this, run the cleaning procedure from the front panel or driver of the printer. Like ink jets, this uses a lot of ink.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Jams - Most jams are caused by dirty rollers. These can be cleaned with isopropyl alcohol and a lint-free cloth.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Waste Ink - Some solid ink printers have an ink waste bin where excess ink goes. This needs to be emptied periodically or it may overflow.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;   &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;a name="laser"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Laser Printers:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Laser printers are very popular in offices, but not so much for home use due to their initial cost and cost of consumables (items which must be periodically replaced). Laser printers use dry ink, called toner, static electricity, and heat to place and bond the ink onto the paper. This is known as the electro-photographic process. Before we exam the steps of this process, let's first take a look at some of the components of a laser printer: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Cleaning Blade - This rubber blade or felt pad removes excess toner off the drum after the print process has completed.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Photosensitive Drum - The core of the electro-photographic process. This component should not be exposed to light and needs to be replaced periodically. Also known as an "imaging unit" or "imaging kit". &lt;a href="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/drum.jpg" target="_BLANK"&gt;See image&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Primary Corona Wire - Highly negatively charged wire erases the charge on the Photosensitive drum to make it ready for another image. Needs to be cleaned periodically.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Transfer Corona - A roller that contains a positively charged wire to pull the toner off the photosensitive drum and place it on the page.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Toner - Plastic resin that is the ink for a laser printer. Naturally negatively charged. &lt;a href="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/toner.jpg" target="_BLANK"&gt;See image&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Fusing unit - Bonds the toner particles to prevent smearing. Uses heat to bond. Needs to be replaced periodically as the fusing platens (rollers) get worn down. Often the thermal fuse will blow and then you will know it is time to replace the unit because it will no longer heat up. Note: Fusers can reach temperatures over 200 degrees - make sure you let it cool before handling it. &lt;a href="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/fuser.jpg" target="_BLANK"&gt;See image&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;img src="http://www.mcmcse.com/comptia/aplus/notes/images/laserprocess.jpg" align="right" border="0" hspace="5" /&gt;Although slightly repetitive, let's go through the 6 steps of the electro-photographic process:  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Cleaning - The drum is cleaned by the cleaning blade and the excess toner goes into a waste bin. The drum is electrically erased by the erase lamp leaving the drum electrically neutral.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Charging - The photosensitive drum is negatively charged by the primary corona.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Writing - The Laser sweeps the length of the drum removing the negative charge where the toner should be applied.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Developing - The toner is transferred to the area on the drum which has been swept by the laser. Remember that toner is negatively charged and like charges repel. This means that toner will not be applied to areas where the laser did not remove the negative charge made by the primary corona.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Transferring - Once the image is on the drum the paper is fed through. The transfer corona uses a positive electrical charge to attract the negatively charged toner and pull it off the photosensitive drum onto the paper.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Fusing - The paper passes through the fuser unit. The non-stick fusing rollers use heat and pressure to bond the toner to the paper.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;Troubleshooting:  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;li&gt;Blank Pages - Can be caused by no toner, transfer corona failure or a power supply failure. If you have installed new toner cartridges, make sure that you remove the seal. If the toner cartridges aren't empty, try reseating them. If still having the problem, look at the photosensitive drum and if the image is still there, it means the transfer corona or power supply has failed.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Speckled Pages - Due to a failure in the cleaning step of the EP process, or a scratch on the photosensitive drum.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Ghosted Images - Ghosting usually occurs with images that require a large amount of toner. When the toner cartridge can’t provide sufficient toner, a residual electrical charge can be left on the drum that will repeat down the length of the page. If your printer has a toner density setting, try reducing the density. Laser printers can be very particular about the paper being used. Try higher quality paper. Also make sure that the humidity is reasonable.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Smudged Images - The fusing process must have failed. The heating elements in the fusing rollers may be faulty.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Dark spots - Can indicate toner buildup at some point in the paper path. If the spots repeat at regular intervals, there may be toner built up on the fuser rollers. Running blank sheets through it may clear problem. It is important to periodically clean the printer. The best way is with a low static vacuum. Canned air will work, but will blow toner everywhere.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Unfused Toner - If pages come out with loose toner that can be smudged, it means that the toner isn't being fused to the paper. First try media that meets the printer's specifications. If still having a problem, replace the fuser.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;Jams in laser printers usually occur in the paper pickup area, the fuser or the registration area. They can be caused by dirty rollers, incorrect paper settings, media types, or environmental conditions.&lt;/li&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;span style=";font-family:verdana;font-size:85%;"  &gt;&lt;a name="pdl"&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;b&gt;Page Description Languages:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PDLs are programming languages used to "describe" the contents of a page in terms that a printer can understand. Adobe's PostScript and HP's Printer Control Language (PCL) are the 2 most common PDLs used in desktop publishing. When sent to the printer, a document is parsed by the driver which converts the document into the language that the printer understands and instructs the printer how to format the document. This is why it is so important to use the correct driver for your printer. If you use a PCL driver for a PostScript printer, most likely a bunch of garbled text or nothing will print out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">2</thr:total></item><item><title>Printer communication</title><link>http://1pctutorial.blogspot.com/2009/06/printer-communication.html</link><category>Printers</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (Elite Kid)</author><pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2009 09:02:00 -0700</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8480316168727851258.post-5269977483046140328</guid><description>&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;A common problem with drivers, such as Hp printer drivers I come across, is "the printer is not communicating with my pc what can I do". &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;And "my printer can’t print because it’s broke" Well it may be that the printer is broken however, but if it is a new unit, or you don’t believe it is broken, then it is unlikely that it will be broken.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;A good reputable printer manufacturer designs the printer for life as well as quality. The nature of business is based around customers although these days this aspect is sometimes forgotten. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;The reason I have wrote this article is to give you some insight in to what is known as a communication problem. This is established if the printer won’t print from the pc, but everything seems to be ok.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt; First, I would recommend everything is plugged in. If you are happy that the machine is all wired up correctly (read the manual if you need further assistance with connecting the printer up) then try this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Completely uninstall the hp printer drivers or printer from your computer. The best way to do this is by inserting the software and uninstalling from there.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If this doesn’t allow you to uninstall what I normally do is go to start, then programs then to the printer name, then scroll to the right then scroll to the uninstall option. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Look at my example below&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;You can do exactly the same to uninstall Hp printer drivers or Epson printer drivers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/images/lexmarkunin.png" alt="" width="430" border="0" height="396" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you don’t have this option, uninstall via add remove programs in control panel. Your Hp printer drivers or Epson drivers will be there.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;You can get to control panel by going to start, then control panel, or start then settings, then control panel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Once in control panel you will be able to remove the Hp printer drivers and have something like this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/images/controlpan.png" alt="" width="560" border="0" height="399" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Click add remove programs and scroll down for your Hp printer drivers or your specific printer make and uninstall. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If still nothing is listed then click &lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;EN-US;238413"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; Select the link for your operating system. To download run and install a clean up utility, which should clean the printer from your system. Failing this you may need to go in to the registry.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;I am not going to discuss the registry on this site as I feel it is too advanced for the general public who are new to computers. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you are having problems of this nature we recommend getting your windows checked, and calling support if you can bare the waiting times :))&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Once all removed simply follow the uninstall just as you would for the install, of the Hp printer drivers or Epson drivers, reading the instructions and pressing next with the mouse button when required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Once uninstalled restart your computer, disable your anti- virus.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Now simply insert the cd and install the software again, plugging in the cable connecting the printer to the computer when prompted to do so. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;This information solves a lot of communication problems on a daily basis, so it may be worth giving this a try regardless of the type of printer you have.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you don’t have the cd software click my drivers page  &lt;a href="http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/drivers-for-printers.html" onclick="window.location.href='http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/cgi-bin/counter.pl?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.computer-and-printer-reviews.com%2Fdrivers-for-printers.html&amp;amp;referrer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.computer-and-printer-reviews.com%2Fhp-printer-drivers.html'; return false;"&gt;Hp printer drivers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;where I have listed 3 manufacturers websites of popular printers. I have also giving you the links to the Hp printer drivers, and other printer driver download pages.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you are still having trouble getting your printer to communicate, you may have a problem with your port on either the computer or the printer, or you may even have a faulty cable. Seek plan of action from the manufacturer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Personally I would try the cable on another device to see if its ok, if so I would then try the computer port on another device if that’s ok we have eliminated the process down to the printer port, which could well be the problem.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;First, here is something else that I recommend you to look into. Again, lots of problems have resulted because of a chipset conflicting. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;A chipset is what your usb ports at the back of your computer are running from. Be sure to check your chipset, infact I would even do this before you buy a printer. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you have an Intel or via chipset or pci to usb.In most cases this will be fine. However be aware of the (sis 7001)(ali) (viatech 3038) chipsets. These are old chipset where a lot of Hp printer drivers and other printer drivers will often fail to communicate with the computer. There are no known updates for this chipset. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;To check your chipset follow this simple process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you look at the picture above in control panel. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Double click on the system icon, which will result in the picture below for windows 2k and Xp users, for users with lower operating systems such as windows 98, just go to device manager along the top instead of going down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you look at my picture below you will see the device manager.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/images/system.png" alt="" width="420" border="0" height="478" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Now click usb controllers at the bottom, look at host controllers like I have done below. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.computer-and-printer-reviews.com/images/chipsets.png" alt="" width="385" border="0" height="450" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;This tells me my chipset, so I have via 5 which works fine on all the Hp printer drivers. This included other printers I have hooked up, and all my other devices such as cameras etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Follow the instructions given to see what chipset you have. If you have an Intel chipset you can download an update &lt;a href="http://developer.intel.com/design/software/drivers/platform/inf.htm"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; which may solve the communication problem. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Please remember there is no guaranteed fix in the computing world, it is a process of elimination as long as you have a working computer and treat it with a bit of respect, you can expect years of constructive use.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</description><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total></item></channel></rss>